Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Telecommunications Services / Cable One, Inc.

Cable One, Inc.

cabo · NYSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker cabo
Exchange NYSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Telecommunications Services
Employees 2817
← All annual reports
FY2019 Annual Report · Cable One, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
210 E. Earll Drive Phoenix, Arizona 85012(602) 364-6000 cableone.biz2019 Annual ReportWe provide communities the connectivity that enriches their world.Do right by those we serveDrive progressLend a handJulia M. LaulisChair of the Board, President,  & Chief Executive OfficerMichael E. BowkerChief Operating OfficerSteven S. CochranSenior Vice President,  Chief Financial OfficerKenneth E. JohnsonSenior Vice President,  Technology ServicesEric M. LardySenior Vice PresidentCharles B. McDonaldSenior Vice President,  OperationsJames A. ObermeyerSenior Vice President,  Marketing & SalesPeter N. WittySenior Vice President,  General Counsel, & SecretaryJuli A. BlandaVice President,  West DivisionChristopher D. BooneVice President,  Business ServicesLeann E. DittmanVice President,  Customer OperationsTina M. EvangelistaVice President,  Human ResourcesJarrod L. HeadVice President,  Engineering & ConstructionGary A. McDonaldVice President,  Northeast DivisionWilliam R. RobertsonVice President,  South Central DivisionRaymond L. Storck, Jr.Vice President,  Finance & TreasurerJohn M. WalburnVice President,  Midwest DivisionANNUAL MEETING  The annual meeting of  stockholders will be held on  May 15, 2020 at 8 a.m. MST Webcast ir.cableone.net or  https://services.choruscall.com/links/cabo200515.html  Cable One Corporate Office210 E. Earll Drive  Phoenix, AZ 85012Stock ExchangeCable One common stock is traded  on the New York Stock Exchange  under the symbol CABOSTOCK TRANSFER AGENT  AND REGISTRARGeneral Stockholder CorrespondenceComputershare PO Box 505000 Louisville, KY 40233-5000 Transfers By Overnight CourierComputershare 462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600 Louisville, KY 40202Stockholder InquiriesCommunication concerning transfer requirements,  lost certificates, dividends, and changes of address should  be directed to Computershare Investor Services: Telephone: (800) 446-2617 | (781) 575-2723    TDD: (800) 952-9245Questions also may be sent via the website:  www.computershare.com/us/investor-inquiriesJulia M. LaulisChair of the Board, President,  & Chief Executive OfficerBrad D. BrianDirectorThomas S. GaynerLead Independent Director;  Chair, Executive Committee  and Nominating & Governance CommitteeDeborah J. KissireChair, Audit CommitteeMary E. MeduskiDirectorThomas O. MightDirectorKristine E. MillerDirectorAlan G. SpoonDirectorWallace R. WeitzChair, Compensation CommitteeKatharine B. WeymouthDirectorDear Valued Cable One Shareholders,July 1 will mark our fifth anniversary as a stand-alone public company. This milestone seems a fitting time to reflect not just on 2019, but on both the intense period of transformation and growth Cable One has experienced over the past half-decade as well as the current dislocation of everyday life resulting from the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic. There are too many accomplishments from the last five years to list here, but highlights include closing three significant acquisitions;  rebranding Cable One as Sparklight® for the vast majority of our  customers; expanding our footprint to 21 states; and growing our  ranks to more than 2,700 dedicated associates who are committed  to doing right by those we serve. No matter our size or the changes we’ve experienced, our purpose remains the same and it is still what inspires us every day — providing communities the connectivity that enriches their world. Purpose-Driven and ProfitableWe continue to invest in and transform our business with the intent of being the preferred provider in the communities we serve. More  critically, we are actively working to level the playing field for rural markets where access to affordable, high-speed internet is just as vital as in more urban markets — while the need is often much greater.   As an example, in 2016 we launched gigabit speeds across our then-existing  footprint. In 2019, we deployed one gigabit  per second (“Gbps” or “Gig”) service in more  than 200 communities in our NewWave markets, and we now offer Gig download  speeds to more than 97% of our homes  passed.  We also began rolling out DOCSIS 3.1 modems in 2019, which will pave the  way for up to 10 Gbps speeds for our residential customers. These  investments have allowed, and will continue to allow, us to strengthen our capability to grow and compete into the foreseeable future.Our effective and efficient deployment of capital across the business also facilitated the delivery of the sustainable, profitable growth you  expect from us — as our year-end financials demonstrated. Our ability to deliver these results in a rapidly changing industry and an increasingly  disruptive and dynamic environment testifies to the efficacy of our long-term strategy.2019 Highlights  I’m exceptionally proud of our performance in 2019. With our recent  rebrand as Sparklight, our customer experience is the best it’s ever been; our infrastructure investments have paid off with high-speed data offerings for our business services customers of up to 10 Gbps as well as the residential Gig service noted above; and our sharpened focus on continuous improvement has led to increasing margins.  We had many triumphs throughout the year, including:   ƒClosing our acquisition of Clearwave Communications in January 2019, which expanded our fiber footprint and enterprise business segment. ƒCompleting our purchase of the data, video, and voice business of Fidelity Communications Co., a residential and business services provider with customers throughout Arkansas, Illinois, Louisiana,  Missouri, Oklahoma, and Texas.  ƒInstalling nearly 1,000 miles of fiber across our footprint.The Year Ahead As we go to print during these unprecedented times, Cable One  recognizes the critical role we play in keeping our customers connected to what matters most, including family, work, school, and information. We’ve invested heavily in building a robust and reliable network  that we believe can handle the increased bandwidth needed by our communities — especially in times of crisis. Our networks are  engineered with significant reserve capacity to handle spikes and shifts in usage patterns, and we continuously test, monitor, and enhance  our systems and network so we are prepared to support increased  customer usage. Ensuring the health and safety of our associates  remains our highest priority as they work tirelessly to serve our  customers during the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic. I am humbled by the opportunity to work side-by-side with our amazing associates during this challenging time, and I know that together, we will not only get through this but come out stronger. Although I recognize there is plenty of uncertainty caused by current events, in 2020 we will remain focused on the work of differentiating  ourselves in an increasingly crowded marketplace and expanding  our investments accordingly to broaden our operations and drive  long-term shareholder  value. The Cable One  Values — do right by those we serve, drive progress, and lend a hand — were  established to guide the  way we do business.  I firmly believe that by staying true to our values, we will consistently deliver results  that benefit our shareholders, while at the same time meeting and  exceeding the needs of our customers.On behalf of Cable One’s leadership team and our Board of Directors,  thank you for your continued support. It is our shared privilege to  work for a company making a positive difference in the lives of so many people every day.Best,     Julia M. Laulis, Chair of the Board, President, & Chief Executive OfficerBOARD OF DIRECTORSLETTER FROM THE PRESIDENT & CEOEXECUTIVE TEAM2019 RESULTS1$1.2 billionTOTAL REVENUE$569.0 millionADJ. EBITDA48.7%ADJ. EBITDA MARGINCABLE ONE VALUESDo right by those we serve. Drive progress. Lend a hand. 1 Please refer to the section entitled “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” appearing on page A-1 immediately after our Annual Report on Form 10-K.This document contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts,  but rather are based on current expectations, estimates, assumptions, and projections about our industry, business, financial results, and financial condition. Please refer to the section entitled  “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” appearing on page 2 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 

Commission File Number: 001-36863 

Cable One, Inc. 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Delaware 
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 
210 E. Earll Drive, Phoenix, Arizona 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) 

13-3060083 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 
85012 
(Zip Code)  

(602) 364-6000 
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 

Trading Symbol(s) 
CABO 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Name of Each Exchange on Which 
Registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes ☑     No ☐ 
Indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  is  not  required  to  file  reports  pursuant  to  Section  13  or  Section  15(d)  of  the  Act.   

Yes ☐     No ☑ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and 
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes ☑     No ☐ 

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted 
pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit 
such files).  Yes ☑     No ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting 
company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” 
and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer 

☑ 
☐ 

Accelerated filer 
Smaller reporting company 
Emerging growth company 

☐ 
☐ 
☐ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for 

complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes ☐     No ☑ 
The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  registrant’s  common  stock  held  by  non-affiliates  as  of  June  30,  2019  was  approximately  $4.8 
billion, based on the closing price for the registrant’s common stock on June 28, 2019. For purposes of this computation only, all executive 
officers,  directors  and  10%  beneficial  owners  of  the  registrant  as  of  June  30,  2019  are  deemed  to  be  affiliates  of  the  registrant.  Such 
determination  should  not  be  deemed  to  be  an  admission  that  such  executive  officers,  directors,  or  10%  beneficial  owners  are,  in  fact, 
affiliates of the registrant. 

There were 5,724,190 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of February 21, 2020. 

Documents Incorporated by Reference 
Portions  of  the  registrant’s  Definitive  Proxy  Statement  relating  to  its  2020  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders,  to  be  filed  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days after the registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 
2019, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K. 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
This page intentionally left blank

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item 1. 
Business .........................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1A.  Risk Factors ...................................................................................................................................................  
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments ..........................................................................................................................  
Properties .......................................................................................................................................................  
Item 2. 
Legal Proceedings ..........................................................................................................................................  
Item 3. 
Mine Safety Disclosures ................................................................................................................................  
Item 4. 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Mattersand Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities .......................................................................................................................................................  
Selected Financial Data .................................................................................................................................  
Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Resultsof Operations .........................  
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk .......................................................................  
Item 8. 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ..............................................................................................  
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure ........................  
Item 9. 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ................................................................................................................................  
Item 9B.  Other Information ..........................................................................................................................................  

PART III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance .............................................................................  
Executive Compensation ...............................................................................................................................  
Item 11. 
ISecurity Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters .....  
Item 12. 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ...............................................  
Item 13. 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services ........................................................................................................  
Item 14. 

PART IV 

3
19
29
29
30
30

31
33
34
45
45
46
46
47

48
48
48
48
48

Item 15. 
Item 16. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules .......................................................................................................  
Form 10-K Summary .....................................................................................................................................  

49
51

Signatures ..........................................................................................................................................................................  S-1

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements .....................................................................................................................  F-1

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This document contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements can be identified 
by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts, but rather are based on current expectations, estimates, 
assumptions  and  projections  about  our  industry,  business,  financial  results  and  financial  condition.  Forward-looking 
statements often include words such as “will,” “should,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “expects,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” 
“believes”  and  words  and  terms  of  similar  substance  in  connection  with  discussions  of  future  operating  or  financial 
performance. As with any projection or forecast, forward-looking statements are inherently susceptible to uncertainty and 
changes in circumstances. Our actual results may vary materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking 
statements. Accordingly, undue reliance should not be placed on any forward-looking statement made by us or on our behalf. 
Important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those in our forward-looking statements include 
government regulation, economic, strategic, political and social conditions and the following factors: 

increases in programming costs and retransmission fees; 

the effects of any acquisitions and strategic investments by us; 
risks that our rebranding may not produce the benefits expected; 

rising levels of competition from historical and new entrants in our markets; 
recent and future changes in technology; 

   ● 
   ● 
   ●  our ability to continue to grow our business services products; 
   ● 
   ●  our ability to obtain hardware, software and operational support from vendors; 
   ● 
   ● 
   ●  damage to our reputation or brand image; 
   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
   ● 
   ●  our failure to obtain necessary intellectual and proprietary rights to operate our business and the risk of intellectual 

risks that the implementation of our new enterprise resource planning (“ERP”) system disrupts business operations; 
adverse economic conditions; 
the integrity and security of our network and information systems; 
the impact of possible security breaches and other disruptions, including cyber-attacks; 

property claims and litigation against us; 

   ●  our ability to retain key employees; 
   ● 

legislative or regulatory efforts to impose network neutrality (“net neutrality”) and other new requirements on our 
data services; 
additional regulation of our video and voice services; 

   ● 
   ●  our ability to renew cable system franchises; 
increases in pole attachment costs; 
   ● 
changes in local governmental franchising authority and broadcast carriage regulations; 
   ● 
the potential adverse effect of our level of indebtedness on our business, financial condition or results of operations 
   ● 
and cash flows; 
the restrictions the terms of our indebtedness place on our business and corporate actions; 
the possibility that interest rates will rise, causing our obligations to service our variable rate indebtedness to increase 
significantly; 

   ● 
   ● 

   ●  our ability to incur future indebtedness; 
   ● 
fluctuations in our stock price; 
   ●  our ability to continue to pay dividends; 
   ●  dilution from equity awards and potential stock issuances in connection with acquisitions and strategic investments; 
   ●  provisions in our charter, by-laws and Delaware law that could discourage takeovers; and 
   ● 

the  other  risks  and  uncertainties  detailed  in  the  section  entitled  “Risk  Factors”  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form 
10-K. 

Any forward-looking statements made by us in this document speak only as of the date on which they are made. We are 
under no obligation, and expressly disclaim any obligation, except as required by law, to update or alter our forward-looking 
statements, whether as a result of new information, subsequent events or otherwise. 

2 

  
  
  
   
 
 
ITEM 1.  

BUSINESS 

Overview 

PART I 

Cable One, Inc. (“Cable One,” “us,” “our,” “we” or the “Company”) is a fully integrated provider of data, video and voice 
services in 21 Western, Midwestern and Southern states. We provide these broadband services to residential and business 
customers  in  more  than  950  communities.  The  markets  we  serve  are  primarily  non-metropolitan,  secondary  and  tertiary 
markets, with 78% of our customers located in seven states: Arizona, Idaho, Illinois, Mississippi, Missouri, Oklahoma and 
Texas. Our biggest customer concentrations are in the Mississippi Gulf Coast region and in the greater Boise, Idaho region. 
We provided service to approximately 907,000 residential and business customers out of approximately 2.3 million homes 
passed as of December 31, 2019. Of these customers, approximately 773,000 subscribed to data services, 314,000 subscribed 
to video services and 139,000 subscribed to voice services. 

We generate substantially all of our revenues through four primary products. Ranked by share of our total revenues during 
2019, they are residential data (46.9%), residential video (28.7%), business services (data, voice and video – 17.5%) and 
residential voice (3.7%). The profit margins, growth rates and capital intensity of our four primary products vary significantly 
due to competition, product maturity and relative costs. 

In 2019, our Adjusted EBITDA margins for residential data and business services were approximately seven and nine times 
greater, respectively, than for residential video, compared to six and seven times greater, respectively, in 2018. The increases 
were due primarily to acquisitions made during 2019 as well as a continued decrease in residential video Adjusted EBITDA 
margins.  We  define  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin  for  a  product  line  as  Adjusted  EBITDA  attributable  to  that  product  line 
divided  by  revenue  attributable  to  that  product  line  (see  the  section  entitled  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Use of Adjusted EBITDA” for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and a 
reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, which is the most directly comparable measure under generally accepted 
accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”)). This margin disparity is largely the result of significant programming 
costs and retransmission fees incurred to deliver residential video services, which in each of the last three years represented 
between 58% and 65% of total residential video revenues. None of our other product lines has direct costs representing as 
substantial a portion of revenues as programming costs and retransmission fees represent for residential video, and indirect 
costs are generally allocated on a per primary service unit (“PSU”) basis. 

Beginning in 2013, we shifted our focus towards growing our higher margin businesses, namely residential data and business 
services, rather than our prior concentration on growing revenues through subscriber retention and maximizing customer 
PSUs. We adapted our strategy to face the industry-wide trends of declining profitability of residential video services and 
declining revenues from residential voice services. The declining profitability of residential video services is primarily due 
to increasing programming costs and retransmission fees and competition from other content providers, and the declining 
revenues  from  residential  voice  services  are  primarily  due  to  the  increasing  use  of  wireless  voice  services  instead  of 
residential voice services. Separately, we have also focused on retaining customers who are likely to produce higher relative 
value over the life of their service relationships with us, are less attracted by discounting, require less support and churn less. 
This strategy focuses on increasing Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures and margins. 

Excluding the effects of our recent acquisitions, the trends described above have impacted our four primary product lines in 
the following ways: 

   ●  Residential data. We have experienced growth in residential data customers and revenue every year since 2013. We 
expect this growth to continue as our upgrades in broadband capacity, ability to offer higher access speeds than many 
of  our  competitors  and  Wi-Fi  support  service  will  enable  us  to  capture  additional  market  share  from  both  data 
subscribers who use other providers as well as households in our footprint that do not yet subscribe to data services 
from any provider. 

   ●  Residential video. Residential video service is an increasingly costly and fragmenting business, with programming 
costs and retransmission fees continuing to escalate in the face of a proliferation of streaming content alternatives. We 
intend to continue our strategy of focusing on the higher-margin businesses of residential data and business services 
while de-emphasizing our residential video business. As a result, we expect that residential video revenues from our 
existing customer base will decline further in the future. 

3 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
   ●  Residential voice. We have experienced declines in residential voice customers as a result of consumers in the United 
States deciding to terminate their residential voice services and exclusively use wireless voice services. We believe 
this trend will continue because of competition from wireless voice service providers. Revenues from residential voice 
customers have declined over recent years, and we expect this decline will continue. 

   ●  Business services. We have experienced significant growth in business data customers and revenues, and we expect 
this  growth  to  continue.  We  attribute  this  growth  to  our  strategic  focus  on  increasing  sales  to  business  customers 
and our  efforts  to  attract  enterprise  business  customers.  Margins  for  products  sold  to  business  customers  have 
remained attractive, which we expect will continue. 

We continue to experience increased competition, particularly from telephone companies, cable and municipal overbuilders, 
over-the-top (“OTT”) video providers and direct broadcast satellite (“DBS”) television providers. Because of the levels of 
competition we face, we believe it is important to make investments in our infrastructure. In addition, a key objective of our 
capital allocation process is to invest in initiatives designed to drive revenue and Adjusted EBITDA expansion. Over the last 
three years, more than 50% of our total capital expenditures have been focused on infrastructure improvements that were 
intended to grow these measures. We continue to invest capital to, among other things, increase our plant and data capacities 
as well as network reliability. We offer Gigabit data service to over 97% of our homes passed, and we have begun deploying 
DOCSIS 3.1 to further increase our network capacity and enable future growth in our residential data and business services 
product lines. 

We expect to continue to devote financial resources to infrastructure improvements, including in certain of the new markets 
we have acquired, because we believe these investments are necessary to continually meet our customers' needs and to remain 
competitive.  The  capital  enhancements  associated  with  acquired  operations  include  rebuilding  low  capacity  markets; 
reclaiming bandwidth from analog video services; implementing 32-channel bonding; deploying DOCSIS 3.1; converting 
back office functions such as billing, accounting and service provisioning; migrating products to legacy Cable One platforms; 
and expanding our high-capacity fiber network. The term “legacy Cable One” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K refers to 
Cable  One  operations  excluding  the  impact  or  operations  acquired  in  the  RBI  Holding  LLC  (“NewWave”),  Delta 
Communications, L.L.C. (“Clearwave”) and Fidelity (as defined below) transactions described below. 

Our primary goals are to continue growing residential data and business services revenues, to increase profit margins and to 
deliver  strong Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  less  capital  expenditures.  To  achieve  these  goals, we  intend  to 
continue our disciplined cost management approach, remain focused on customers with expected higher relative value and 
follow through with further planned investments in broadband plant upgrades, including the deployment of DOCSIS 3.1 
capabilities, and new data service offerings for residential and business customers. 

Our business is subject to extensive governmental regulation, which substantially impacts our operational and administrative 
expenses. In addition, we could be significantly impacted by changes to the existing regulatory framework, whether triggered 
by  legislative,  administrative  or  judicial  rulings.  Congress  and  numerous  states,  including  Missouri  (where  we  have 
subscribers), have proposed legislation and/or administrative actions that would lead to increased regulation of our provision 
of data services, including proposed rules regarding net neutrality. Several states, including Oregon and Washington (where 
we also have subscribers), have adopted legislation that requires entities providing broadband internet access service in the 
state to comply with net neutrality requirements or that prohibits state and local government agencies from contracting with 
internet service providers that engage in certain network management activities based on paid prioritization, content blocking 
or other discrimination. We cannot predict whether or when any future changes to the regulatory framework will occur at the 
Federal or state level or whether or to what extent those changes may affect our operations or impose additional costs on our 
business. 

We  serve  our  customers  through  a  plant  and  network  with  capacity  generally  measuring  750 megahertz  or  higher  and 
DOCSIS 3.0 capabilities in all of our systems. Our technically advanced infrastructure provides for delivery of a full suite of 
data,  video  and  voice  products.  Our  broadband  plant  consists  of  a  fiber-to-the-premises  or  hybrid  fiber-coaxial  (“HFC”) 
network  with  ample  unused  capacity  and  standard  download  speeds  of  100  Megabits  per  second  (“Mbps”),  which 
meaningfully  distinguishes  our  offering  from  competitors  in  most  of  our  markets.  We  have  completed  a  multi-year 
investment  program  in  our  legacy  Cable  One  and  NewWave  plant,  which  resulted  in  increased  broadband  capacity  and 
reliability and which has enabled and will continue to enable us to offer even higher download speeds to our customers (at 
both the standard and enhanced data service levels). In addition, we plan to deploy DOCSIS 3.1 throughout our footprint 
over the next two years, which will allow us to provide higher bandwidth availability and faster speeds to our customers. We 
believe these investments will reinforce our competitive strength in this area. 

4 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Corporate History 

In  1986,  The  Washington  Post  Company  (the  prior  name  of  our  former  corporate  parent,  Graham  Holdings  Company 
(“GHC”))  acquired  53  cable  television  systems  with  approximately  350,000  subscribers  in  15  Western,  Midwestern  and 
Southern states. Since then, we completed over 30 acquisitions and dispositions of cable systems, both through cash sales 
and system trades. In the process, we substantially reshaped our original geographic footprint and resized our typical system, 
including exiting a number of metropolitan markets and acquiring cable systems in non-metropolitan markets that fit our 
business model. On July 1, 2015, we became an independent company traded under the ticker symbol “CABO” on the New 
York Stock Exchange after completion of our spin-off from GHC (the “spin-off”). 

On May 1, 2017, we acquired NewWave, a provider of data, video and voice services to residential and business customers 
throughout non-urban areas of Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri and Texas. 

On January 8, 2019, we acquired Clearwave, a facilities-based service provider that owns and operates a high-capacity fiber 
network  offering dense regional  coverage  in Southern Illinois.  The  acquisition provides us with  a premier fiber network 
within  our  existing  footprint,  further  enables  us  to  supply  our  customers  with  enhanced  business  services  solutions  and 
provides a platform to allow us to replicate Clearwave’s strategy in several of our other markets. 

On October 1, 2019, we acquired the data, video and voice business and certain related assets of Fidelity Communications 
Co. (collectively, “Fidelity”), a provider of connectivity services to residential and business customers throughout Arkansas, 
Illinois, Louisiana, Missouri, Oklahoma and Texas. Cable One and Fidelity share similar strategies, customer demographics 
and  products.  We  believe  the  acquisition  provides  us  opportunities  for  revenue  growth  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin 
expansion as well as the potential to realize cost synergies. 

In 2019, we began rebranding our business as Sparklight®. This new brand better conveys who we are and what we stand 
for – a company committed to providing our communities with connectivity that enriches their world. As part of the rebrand, 
we began streamlining our residential internet service plans and pricing, offering even faster speeds, further value and the 
ability to include unlimited data on any plan. In addition, we have and will continue to strengthen our commitment to the 
communities we serve through educational programs, corporate giving and donations of time and resources. We intend to 
complete the rebranding of legacy Cable One and NewWave systems in 2020, and we plan to rebrand Fidelity systems further 
in the future. 

Industry Overview 

We are a fully integrated provider of data, video and voice services to residential and business customers across various 
geographic regions in the United States. We provide services that are similar to those provided by cable companies, telephone 
companies and fiber providers, among others. These providers, each to a varying degree, own and/or lease a network that 
allows them to deliver their services and distribute their signals to the homes and businesses of subscribers. In addition to 
building their own network backbone and/or leasing physical access to the network backbone, companies providing video 
services also purchase licenses to provide their subscribers with access to television channels owned by programmers and 
broadcasters via distribution over the network backbone. Companies providing video services also typically sell advertising 
on their video channels. 

These providers generate revenue by charging subscription fees to their residential and business customers at rates that vary 
according  to  the  data,  video  and/or  voice  services  for  which  customers  subscribe  and  the  type  of  internet  access  and 
equipment furnished to them. These companies generally market and sell their services in bundles or packages in order to 
maximize the number of PSUs per household, as they believe it is desirable to sell multiple products as a package as the fixed 
costs per customer can be spread over multiple PSUs. These providers generally operate in their chosen geographic markets 
under either non-exclusive franchises or other telecommunications licenses granted by state or local authorities for specified 
periods of time. 

While we are smaller than the nation’s biggest providers of data, video and voice services, we have a record of consistent, 
long-term financial and operational success driven by our differentiated operating philosophy and culture. We emphasize 
focus as opposed to scale, which is a departure from the historical, more conventional strategies employed in our industry, 
but is well suited to the markets in which we operate and enables us to take advantage of our strengths. 

5 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Our Strengths 

We leverage a variety of strengths as a service provider, stemming from, among other things, historical and ongoing capital 
investments  in  our  plant  and  our  focus  on  serving  customers  in  non-metropolitan  markets.  These  strengths  include  the 
following: 

Attractive markets and regional diversification. Our customers are located primarily in non-metropolitan, secondary and 
tertiary markets with favorable competitive dynamics in comparison to major urban centers. In particular: 

   ●  We tend to face less vigorous competition than similar service providers in metropolitan markets. 

   ●  Advances in technology often come later to our markets — for example, few competitors in our markets offer fiber-

to-the-premises or 5G wireless service. 

   ●  Our  subscribers  tend  to  be  value-focused,  enabling  us  to  save  video  services  costs  by  not  carrying  expensive 

programming options with low subscriber demand. 

   ●  We are regionally diversified, reducing the impact that an economic downturn in a specific geographic area would 

have on our overall business. 

Deep  customer  understanding.  We  have  operated  as  a  non-metropolitan  service  provider  for  over  25  years,  and  we  are 
attuned to the unique needs of customers in these areas. In order to understand our customers’ demands and preferences, we 
routinely conduct customer research through a variety of methods, including customer satisfaction surveys, geo-demographic 
segmentation studies and other analytics. Together with the direct customer contact we engage in through our call center and 
local operating offices, we believe we have gained valuable insight into how to serve customers in non-metropolitan markets, 
including with respect to providing an optimal mix of data speeds, price points, and best-in-class customer service levels. In 
addition, the vast majority of our employees (who we refer to as associates) reside and work in our markets, providing local 
services through education programs and donations of time and resources that enhance our commitment to the communities 
we serve. 

Superior broadband technology with ample unused capacity. We offer our residential and business data customers internet 
products at faster speeds than those available from competitors in most of our markets. Our broadband plant consists of a 
fiber-to-the-premises  or  HFC  network  with  ample  unused  capacity.  Our  standard  broadband  offering  for  our  residential 
customers is a download speed of 100 Mbps, which is at the high end of the range of standard residential offerings in our 
markets. Our fastest broadband offering for our residential customers is currently a download speed of up to 1 Gigabit per 
second (“Gbps”). We also offer an advanced Wi-Fi solution to residential customers across substantially all of our footprint 
that provides customers with enhanced Wi-Fi signal strength, which extends and improves the Wi-Fi signal throughout the 
home. This service is offered free of charge to residential customers who rent one or more modems from us. 

In addition, we have made significant investments in our business consistent with our strategic focus to enhance sales of 
residential data services and business services. We completed significant, multi-year plant and product enhancements in our 
legacy Cable One markets in 2017 and continued making enhancements in our NewWave markets in 2018 and 2019, which 
increased our broadband capacity and reliability. These initiatives caused us to incur multiple years of higher than usual 
capital spending. However, we believe the competitive benefits will be significant, particularly for data services. We also 
made the following ongoing capital investments and new product introductions in 2019: 

   ●  We continued to decrease the average number of data customers per unique service group by aggressively splitting 
service areas (fiber nodes), which substantially improves data throughput during periods of peak usage, minimizing 
disruptions in data access speeds to our customers. 

   ●  We continued to invest in plant reinforcement projects, which have enhanced reliability, and plant extension projects, 

which have expanded the number of serviceable homes and businesses. 

   ●  We increased our offering of 1 Gbps data service to over 97% of our homes passed. 

6 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   ●  We continued to deploy 10 Gbps Ethernet Passive Optical Network (“EPON”) fiber-to-the-premises technology across 
multiple markets, supporting the ongoing roll-out of Piranha Fiber®, which offers market-leading symmetrical speeds 
of up to 2 Gbps to our business customers. 

   ●  We launched Enterprise Wi-Fi following our introduction of a managed Wi-Fi offering for small and medium sized 
businesses in 2018. With personalized design and professional installation, Enterprise Wi-Fi is a turnkey solution for 
businesses, with customizations to identify the optimal number of access points needed to address specific bandwidth 
and  coverage needs,  enabling our  customers  to have  access  to  strong  and  reliable  service  throughout  the business 
footprint. 

   ●  We were the first multiple system operator in the United States to achieve MEF 3.0 certification for our Ethernet 
services. Companies certified under MEF 3.0 are held to more rigorous quality and configuration standards, such as 
lower acceptable margins for packet loss and latency. This certification represents our ability to deliver standards-
based  Ethernet  services  that  are  seamless,  with  consistent  interoperability  and  performance  features  regardless  of 
physical location. We believe that this certification will further enable us to attract and retain wholesale and carrier 
customers. 

We anticipate that the projects we have invested in over the last several years will facilitate sustained increases in residential 
data and business services revenues and customer satisfaction. 

Low cost structure and competitive pricing. We believe our operating costs, taken as a whole, are as low as or lower than 
any major service provider. We attribute our low-cost structure to a committed focus on retaining our highest value customers 
(rather than seeking to obtain as many customers as possible) and the lower costs of operating in non-metropolitan markets 
compared  to  metropolitan  markets.  In  addition,  because  we  operate  our  residential  and  business  data  services  with  a 
competitive plant and cost structure, we are able to offer our customers both attractive pricing and compelling products. 

Customer satisfaction. We have a customer-focused approach, influencing how we are organized, how we sell our services 
and how we service our customers. For example, we offer same-day service in almost every one of our markets, which we 
believe  none  of  our  major  competitors  in  our  markets  currently  offer.  We  believe  that  our  dedication  to  providing  a 
differentiated  customer  experience  is  an  important  driver  of  our  overall  value  proposition  and  creates  loyalty,  improves 
customer retention and drives increased demand for our services. We focus on customer satisfaction, with an emphasis on 
consistently  benchmarking  our  customer  satisfaction  over  time  and  relative  to  our  competitors  based  on  internally  and 
externally  generated  customer  satisfaction  data.  We  continue  to  focus  on  making  the  lives  of  our  customers  easier  by 
providing value-added services, such as expanding customer self-service options through improved residential and business 
online portals and creating a more personalized experience in updated and refreshed local offices. 

Associate  satisfaction.  We  have  also  focused  on  associate  satisfaction.  We  believe  our  customers’  satisfaction  is  tightly 
linked to our associates’ satisfaction, which has been consistently high throughout the past decade based on routine internal 
measurements. We currently measure our associate satisfaction annually along with conducting multiple periodic associate 
surveys. None of our associates have been unionized for over two decades. 

Experienced management team. Our executive management team is comprised of senior executives who have significant 
experience in our industry. Our executive officers have an average industry tenure of over 20 years and an average tenure at 
Cable  One  (or  its  predecessors)  of  over  10  years,  and  we  believe  this  team  is  deeply  knowledgeable  about  cost  and 
competitive conditions in our markets. They also understand and are deeply committed to our strategy, which we developed, 
enhanced and updated on a collaborative basis over many years. 

Our Strategies 

We have a multi-faceted strategy that builds upon our long track record of focusing on the right markets, the right products 
and the right customers, as well as controlling our operating and capital costs. More specifically, our strategy includes the 
following principal components: 

Focus on non-metropolitan markets. We believe our decision over two decades ago to concentrate on non-metropolitan 
markets has served us well, and we intend to continue to focus on offering our products primarily in these markets. The 
economics of non-metropolitan markets, for which we have optimized our strategy and our operations, are different from 
operations in major cities, and have yielded positive operating results for our business. Because price points for services in 
non-metropolitan markets are generally lower, and customers in non-metropolitan markets tend to subscribe to fewer PSUs, 
our average revenue per customer and our PSUs per customer are lower than they might be in metropolitan markets. However, 
many of our costs are also lower than they would be in metropolitan markets. The dynamics of non-metropolitan markets 

7 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
enable us to operate at attractive margins and earn substantial returns, while remaining consistent with our focus on meeting 
customer  demand  for  low  prices  and  simultaneously  keeping  costs  down.  In  addition,  we  tend  to  face  less  vigorous 
competition than service providers in metropolitan markets. 

Maximize Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures and drive profitable growth. We concentrate on the products and 
customers that maximize Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures and provide the best opportunity for profitable growth. 
We believe residential video and residential voice face inexorable long-term declines. With respect to the video product, 
programmers and broadcasters are charging higher rates and retransmission fees for content to distributors providing video 
services (often for content for which viewership is declining), and distributors have had to choose between absorbing those 
increases to the detriment of their margins or passing on the full cost to customers, which adversely affects customer demand. 
At the same time, the rapid expansion of OTT offerings via the internet has given customers new alternatives to traditional 
video offerings. In addition, customer demand for wireless voice services has reduced demand for residential voice services 
for us and others in our industry. As a result, we have reduced our focus on these two products and prioritized higher growth, 
higher margin opportunities in residential data and business services. 

We have declined to cross-subsidize our video business with cash flow from our higher growth, higher margin products, 
which has resulted in our residential video customers declining at a faster rate than the industry average. Our legacy Cable 
One and NewWave residential video customers decreased by 12.4% when comparing 2019 versus 2018 and 10.5% when 
comparing 2018 versus 2017. While this strategy runs contrary to the historical, conventional wisdom in our industry, which 
puts  heavy  emphasis  on  video  customer  counts  and  maximizing  the  number  of  PSUs  per  customer  by  bundling  and 
discounting services, we believe it best positions us for long-term success. For us, success in growing and retaining residential 
data and business customers is far more important than maximizing the number of customers who choose triple-play packages 
combining data, video and voice services. 

Target  higher  relative  value  residential  customers.  Since  2013,  we  have  introduced  rigorous  analytics  to  gain  a  deeper 
understanding of our customers and drive profitable decision making throughout the organization. We use data analytics to 
help refine our go-to-market strategy and identify customers likely to produce higher relative value over the life of their 
service relationships with us, rather than seeking to maximize the number of new customers or PSUs per household. Our 
investments in business intelligence have enabled us to integrate, analyze and visualize increasingly complex data sets, in 
near real-time, and in a format that drives strategic and operational decisions. As a result, our organization has more rapidly 
identified, modeled, tested, analyzed and implemented initiatives that align with our strategic focus of attracting and retaining 
higher  relative  value  customers.  Business  intelligence  also  enables  us  to  be  more  predictive  with  customer  habits  and 
industrywide  trends.  For  example,  our  decision  to  focus  on  data-only  customers  was  guided  by  such  data  analytics.  We 
believe that optimizing our relationships with these customers, as video and voice cord-cutting accelerates, is both a necessity 
and an opportunity for our business. 

Drive  growth  in  residential  data  and  business  services.  We  believe  our  residential  data  and  business  services  products 
provide  attractive  current  and  future  growth  opportunities.  Our  disciplined  prioritization  of  residential  data  and  business 
services is generally reflected in all aspects of our business strategy, including pricing, the allocation of sales, marketing and 
customer service resources, capital spending and supplier negotiations. During 2019, we continued to further diversify our 
revenue streams away from video as residential data and business services represented 64.4% of our total revenues versus 
60.5% for 2018 and 57.1% for 2017. We believe we have demonstrated that it is possible to decouple unit growth in our 
residential data and residential video businesses, which historically have been marketed as a package. Our data-only connects 
are growing significantly faster than any other segment of our residential business as we have focused on selling data-only 
packages to new customers rather than cross-selling video services to these customers. 

Our business services revenues increased $48.5 million, or 31.1%, in 2019 compared to 2018, including $32.5 million from 
Clearwave and Fidelity operations. We expect to generate continued growth in business services by leveraging and investing 
in our existing infrastructure capabilities and footprint to offer higher broadband speeds than other providers in our markets 
and to expand our business services to attract more small, medium-sized and enterprise business customers. 

8 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Continue our culture of cost leadership. We believe our total combined operating and capital costs per customer over the 
past  decade  have  been among  the  lowest  of any  service  provider  with  publicly  reported  numbers  and  that  our  operating 
margins compare very favorably with those of significantly bigger companies in our industry. This is the antithesis of normal 
economies-of-scale  expectations,  where  higher  volumes  are  expected  to  create  lower  costs  per  customer  and  increase 
operating margins. Rather than increasing our size and seeking cost savings through economies-of-scale, we have achieved 
our lower cost structure over many years by focusing on: 

   ● 

serving primarily non-metropolitan, secondary and tertiary markets, which contain different customer dynamics from 
those in metropolitan markets and would require us to implement additional operational components; 

   ● 

the adoption of new technologies only after they have been tested by other companies, rather than incurring the level 
of capital expenditures and risk necessary to be an early adopter of most new technologies; 

   ● 

implementing a virtually centralized call center to receive inbound customer service calls and dispatch technicians 
across all of our markets, while keeping the majority of our call center associates in our non-metropolitan markets; 

   ● 

standardizing our programming offerings across most of our markets, which reduces our customer service costs, in 
contrast to other service providers that offer different programming packages in different markets; 

   ● 

focusing on retaining and seeking expected higher relative value customers rather than trying to maximize the number 
of customers or PSUs per customer; 

   ● 

aligning our resources to emphasize increased sales of residential data services and sales to business customers and 
continuing our disciplined cost management approach, rather than committing resources equally to sales of all of our 
products; and 

   ● 

investing  in  self-service  channels  to  improve  customer  satisfaction  by  allowing  us  to  meet  changing  customer 
expectations for round-the-clock service while also avoiding unnecessary wait times. 

We believe our strategy has produced positive results for our customers, associates and stockholders and we have begun 
applying  this strategy  in our acquired  operations. In 2019,  our  strategy  allowed  us  to decrease  contacts  per  customer  by 
reducing customer service phone calls, truck rolls and walk-in customers compared to the prior year. We have been able to 
achieve  these  operational  efficiencies  at  the  same  time  as  our  subscriber  base  has  grown  by  approximately  13%  while 
simultaneously improving customer satisfaction scores. 

Balanced capital allocation. We are committed to a disciplined approach to evaluating acquisitions, internal and external 
investments, capital structure optimization and return of capital. 

Our Products 

Residential Data Services 

Residential data services represented 46.9%, 46.0% and 43.4% of our total revenues for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 
As part of our rebranding initiative during 2019, we launched new pricing and packaging across the majority of our footprint. 
We offer simplified data plans with lower pricing and higher speeds across our premium tiers, with download speeds up to 
1 Gbps available to more than 97% of our residential customers as of December 31, 2019. We also offer our customers the 
option to purchase an unlimited data plan regardless of speed tier. Further, to meet the increasing bandwidth needs of our 
customers who use a growing number of devices in the home, we offer most of our customers our advanced Wi-Fi service 
combining  state-of-the-art  technology  solutions  with  certified  technicians,  who  locate  and  configure  hardware  based  on 
individual  customer  needs.  This  service  provides  customers  with  enhanced  Wi-Fi  signal  strength,  which  extends  and 
improves the Wi-Fi signal throughout the home. 

Residential Video Services 

Residential video services represented 28.7%, 32.0% and 34.6% of our total revenues for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 
We offer a broad variety of residential video services, generally ranging from a basic video service to a full digital service 
with  access  to  hundreds  of  channels.  Our  basic  video  service  generally  consists  of  local  networks,  local  community 
programming, such as governmental and public access, and certain other channels, such as weather, shopping and religious 
channels.  Our  digital  video  service  includes  national  and  regional  cable  networks,  music  channels  and  an  interactive, 
electronic  programming  guide  with  parental  controls.  We  also  offer  premium  channels,  which  include  networks  such  as 

9 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
HBO, Showtime, Starz and Cinemax, that generally offer, without commercial interruption, movies, original programming, 
live sporting events and concerts and other features. Our digital video customers may also subscribe to our advanced services. 
Our advanced video services include whole-home DVRs, which digitally record programming and pause and rewind live 
programming, and high-definition set-top boxes, which provide high-resolution picture quality, improved audio quality and 
a wide-screen format and allow our customers to access internet content on their televisions. 

Our TV Everywhere product enables our video customers to stream many of their favorite channels and shows to mobile 
devices and computers, expanding the value of our video services. Our TV Everywhere product includes the most popular 
networks across a wide range of genres, including HBO and Cinemax. 

Residential Voice Services 

Residential voice services represented 3.7%, 3.8% and 4.6% of our total revenues for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 
The majority of our residential voice service offerings transmit digital voice signals over our network and are interconnected 
Voice over Internet Protocol (“VoIP”) services. We also offer traditional telecommunications services through some of our 
subsidiaries. Many of our voice service offerings include unlimited local and long-distance calling, voicemail, call waiting, 
three-way calling, caller ID, anonymous call rejection and other features. Our voice services also provide international calling 
by the minute. 

Business Services 

We consider the data, voice and video products we provide to our business customers to be a separate product from our 
residential versions of these services. Business services represented 17.5%, 14.5% and 13.7% of our total revenues for 2019, 
2018  and  2017,  respectively.  We  offer  services  for  businesses  ranging  in  size  from  small  to  mid-market,  in  addition  to 
enterprise, wholesale and carrier customers. 

Our offerings for small businesses are generally provided over our coaxial network. Our data services offer various options 
with download speeds ranging from 25 Mbps up to 1 Gbps, with varying upload speeds, along with managed Wi-Fi. Our 
small business voice solutions range from one line to multi-line options, including the availability of popular calling features 
like simultaneous ring, hunt groups, selective call forwarding and much more. Business video packages range from a basic 
service tier to a comprehensive selection including variety, news and sports programming in high-definition. 

We offer delivery of data and voice services over EPON technology primarily for mid-market customers with Piranha Fiber. 
This shared fiber architecture provides for symmetrical data speeds ranging from 50 Mbps to 2 Gbps. We expect to expand 
EPON to additional areas and markets each year for the foreseeable future, especially in our competitive locations. 

For enterprise and wholesale customers, we offer dedicated bandwidth and Enterprise Wi-Fi in addition to multiple voice 
services via fiber optic technology. Our fiber optic-based products include dark fiber in addition to dedicated internet access 
and E-Line, E-Lan and E-Access Ethernet services. We also offer network to network interface connections to other carriers 
at multiple points of presence across the United States. 

Competition 

We  operate  in  a  highly  competitive,  subscriber-driven  and  rapidly  changing  environment  and  compete  with  a growing 
number  of  entities  that  provide  a  broad  range  of  communications  products,  services  and  content  to  subscribers.  Our 
competitors have historically included, and we expect will continue to include, DBS providers, telephone companies that 
offer  data  and  video  services  through  digital  subscriber  line  (“DSL”)  technology  or  fiber-to-the-node  networks, 
municipalities  with  fiber-based  networks,  regional  fiber  providers  and  other  service  providers  that  have  been  granted  a 
franchise to operate in a geographic market in which we are already operating. 

Although approximately 74% of our footprint currently has limited competition for residential high-speed data service at 
speeds  comparable  to  our  own,  we  anticipate  a  slow  yet  steady  growth  of  new  entrants  into  our  markets.  Currently, 
approximately 8% of the residential homes passed in our markets have access to fiber-to-the-premises from our competitors 
who typically offer only high-speed data service. However, AT&T also offers video and wireless voice services along with 
high-speed data service. We also face increasing competition from wireless telephone companies for our residential voice 
services, as our customers continue to replace our residential voice services with wireless voice services. New entrants with 
significant financial resources may compete on a larger scale with our video and data services, and as more wireless voice 
service providers offer unlimited data options, some customers may choose to forgo our data services altogether. We may 
also face increasing competition from various providers of wireless internet offerings, including wireless telephone carriers 

10 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
that are developing high-speed “5G” wireless networks and public locations or commercial establishments offering Wi-Fi at 
no cost. 

A small number of municipalities have also announced plans to construct their own data networks with access speeds that 
match or exceed those of our own through the use of fiber optic technology. In some cases, local government entities and 
municipal utilities may legally compete with us without obtaining a franchise from a state or local governmental franchising 
authority (“LFA”), reducing their barriers to entry into our markets. The entrance of municipalities as competitors in our 
markets would add to the competition we face and could lead to additional customer attrition. 

While not an area of strategic focus for us, our video business also faces substantial and increasing competition from other 
forms  of  in-home  and  mobile  entertainment,  including  Amazon  Prime,  Apple  TV,  Disney+,  Hulu,  Netflix,  Sling  TV, 
YouTube TV and an increasing number of new entrants who offer OTT video programming, including many traditional 
programmers. Because of the significant size and financial resources of many of the companies behind such service offerings, 
we anticipate that they will continue to invest resources in increasing the availability of video content over the internet, which 
may result in less demand for the video services we provide. Despite the negative impact this competition has on our video 
business, these services also generate additional demand for our residential data business due to customers’ continuing and 
growing need for data services. 

Competition  for  dedicated  fiber-optic  services  for  enterprise  business  customers  is  also  intense  as  both  local  telephone 
companies and regional overbuilders offer data and voice services over dedicated fiber connections. While certain of these 
entities  are  currently  more widely known  for dedicated  fiber  services  than we  are,  we maintain  a competitive  advantage 
through our local presence and deep customer relationships in the communities we serve. 

Associates 

As of December 31, 2019, we had approximately 2,751 full-time and part-time associates, and none were represented by 
a union. 

Available Information and Website 

Our  internet  address  is  www.cableone.biz.  We  make  available  free  of  charge  through  our  investor  relations  website, 
http://ir.cableone.net, copies of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on 
Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such documents are electronically 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Printed copies of these documents will be furnished without 
charge (except exhibits) to any stockholder upon written request addressed to our Secretary at 210 E. Earll Drive, Phoenix, 
Arizona 85012. The SEC maintains a website, www.sec.gov, that contains the reports, proxy and information statements and 
other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. 

The contents of these websites are not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K and shall not be 
deemed  “filed”  under  the  Exchange  Act.  Further,  our  references  to  website  URLs  are  intended  to  be  inactive  textual 
references only. 

Information About Our Executive Officers 

The following table presents certain information, as of February 27, 2020, concerning our executive officers. 

Name 

    Age    

Position 

Julia M. Laulis ........................      57      Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 
Michael E. Bowker .................      51      Chief Operating Officer 
Steven S. Cochran ..................      48      Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
Kenneth E. Johnson ................      56      Senior Vice President, Technology Services 
Eric M. Lardy .........................     46     Senior Vice President 
Charles B. McDonald .............      44      Senior Vice President, Operations 
 James A. Obermeyer ..............     56      Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales 
Peter N. Witty .........................     52     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary 

11 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Julia M. Laulis 

Ms. Laulis has been Chair of the Board since January 2018, Chief Executive Officer and a member of our Board of Directors 
(the “Board”) since January 2017 and President of Cable One since January 2015. 

Ms. Laulis joined Cable One in 1999 as Director of Marketing – Northwest Division. In 2001, she was named Vice President 
of Operations for the Southwest Division. In 2004, she became responsible for starting Cable One’s Phoenix Customer Care 
Center. In 2008, she was named Chief Operations Officer, and in 2012, she was named Chief Operating Officer of Cable 
One. In January 2015, she was promoted to President and Chief Operating Officer. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Ms. Laulis served in various marketing management positions with Jones Communications. Ms. 
Laulis began her 35-plus-year career in the cable industry with Hauser Communications. 

Ms. Laulis serves on the boards of C-SPAN, CableLabs and The Cable Center, and she is a trustee of the C-SPAN Education 
Foundation. 

Michael E. Bowker 

Mr. Bowker has been Chief Operating Officer of Cable One since May 2017. 

Mr. Bowker joined Cable One in 1999 as Advertising Regional Sales Manager. Mr. Bowker has been a Vice President of 
Cable One since 2005. He was named Vice President of Sales in 2012 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Chief 
Sales and Marketing Officer in 2014. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Bowker was with AT&T Media Services and TCI Cable, where he served in various sales 
management positions. 

Mr. Bowker serves as Vice Chairman of ACA — America’s Communications Association. 

Steven S. Cochran 

Mr. Cochran has been Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Cable One since August 2018. 

Prior  to  joining  Cable  One,  Mr.  Cochran  served  as  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  a  member  of  the  board  of  directors  of 
WideOpenWest, Inc. (“WOW”) from April 2014 until December 2017 after holding various other positions at the company, 
including Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and President. Prior to WOW, Mr. Cochran served in various 
finance  and  accounting  roles  at Millennium Digital Media,  including  Senior Vice  President  and  Chief Financial Officer. 
Previously, Mr. Cochran was an accountant at Arthur Andersen LLP. 

Kenneth E. Johnson 

Mr. Johnson has been Senior Vice President, Technology Services of Cable One since May 2018. 

Mr.  Johnson  joined  Cable  One  in  2017  as  Vice  President,  Northeast  Division  following  Cable  One’s  acquisition  of 
NewWave. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Johnson served as Chief Operating Officer and Chief Technology Officer for NewWave. 
Prior to NewWave, Mr. Johnson was Chief Technology Officer for SureWest Communications and Everest Connections. 

Mr. Johnson serves on the board of the National Cable Television Cooperative. 

Eric M. Lardy 

Mr. Lardy has been a Senior Vice President of Cable One since January 2017. 

Mr. Lardy joined Cable One in 1997 as a manager in one of our systems and has held a variety of positions of increasing 
responsibility in marketing, operations and system general management. Mr. Lardy was named Vice President, Strategic 
Planning and Finance in 2014 and was promoted to Senior Vice President in January 2017. 

12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Charles B. McDonald 

Mr. McDonald has been Senior Vice President, Operations of Cable One since January 2016. 

Mr. McDonald joined Cable One in 2008 as an industrial engineer. Mr. McDonald was named Vice President, Customer 
Service Operations in 2014 and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Operations in January 2016. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. McDonald worked as a senior process engineer for Three-Five Systems and Brillian Corp. 

James A. Obermeyer 

Mr. Obermeyer has been Senior Vice President, Marketing and Sales of Cable One since February 2020. 

Prior  to  joining  Cable  One,  Mr.  Obermeyer  served  as  Vice  President  of  Marketing  at  Charter  Communications.  Prior  to 
Charter Communications, he was Managing Director of Brand and Consumer Marketing for NASCAR and Chief Marketing 
Officer for Supra Telecom. 

Peter N. Witty 

Mr. Witty has been Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of Cable One since April 2018. 

Prior to joining Cable One, Mr. Witty served as General Counsel and Secretary for Gas Technology Institute (“GTI”), an 
energy research, development and training organization. Prior to GTI, he spent 10 years with Abbott Laboratories, serving 
in various positions, including as Senior Counsel and Division Counsel. Mr. Witty previously practiced law as an associate 
at Latham & Watkins LLP and Ross & Hardies (now McGuireWoods LLP). 

Regulation and Legislation 

General 

Our  data,  video  and  voice  operations  are  subject  to  various  requirements  imposed  by  U.S.  Federal,  state  and  local 
governmental authorities. The regulation of certain cable rates pursuant to procedures established by Congress has negatively 
affected  our  revenues.  Certain  other  legislative,  regulatory  and  judicial  matters  discussed  in  this  section  also  have  the 
potential to adversely affect our data, video and voice businesses. The following discussion does not purport to be a complete 
summary of  all  the provisions  of  Federal,  state  and  local law  that may affect our operations.  Proposals  for  additional  or 
revised  regulations  and  requirements  are  pending  before  Congress,  state  legislatures  and  Federal  and  state  regulatory 
agencies.  We  generally  cannot  predict  whether  new  legislation  or  regulations,  court  action  or  a  change  in  the  extent  of 
application or enforcement of current laws and regulations would have an adverse impact on our operations. 

Broadband Internet Access Services  

Broadband internet access service, which we currently offer in all our systems, is subject to some regulation at the Federal 
level and is not subject to state or local government regulation at this time, except for the state net neutrality laws discussed 
below. 

Regulatory Reclassification and Net Neutrality Regulation. In 2017, the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) 
adopted the Restoring Internet Freedom Order (the “Internet Freedom Order”), which reinstated broadband internet access 
service as an “information service” under Title I of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the “Communications 
Act”). The Internet Freedom Order rescinded the majority of the open internet rules adopted by the FCC in 2015 in the Open 
Internet  Order,  with  the  exception  of  enhanced  disclosure  requirements  that  require  broadband  internet  access  service 
providers to disclose information regarding network management, performance and commercial terms of the service to their 
customers. The Internet Freedom Order remains subject to further judicial review. 

Congress  and  numerous  states,  including  Missouri  (where  we  have  subscribers),  have  proposed  legislation  and/or 
administrative actions that would lead to increased regulation of our provision of data services, including proposed rules 
regarding net neutrality. Several states, including Oregon and Washington (where we also have subscribers), have adopted 
legislation  that  requires  entities  providing  broadband  internet  access  service  in  the  state  to  comply  with  net  neutrality 
requirements  or  that  prohibits  state  and  local  government  agencies  from  contracting  with  internet  service  providers  that 
engage in certain network management activities based on paid prioritization, content blocking or other discrimination. Net 
neutrality obligations could cause us to incur additional compliance costs, and the enforcement or interpretation of these new 

13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
obligations could adversely affect our business. We cannot predict whether or when any future changes to the regulatory 
framework will occur at the Federal or state level or whether or to what extent those changes may affect our operations or 
impose additional costs on our business. 

Privacy. Broadband internet access service is subject to many of the same Federal and state privacy laws that apply to other 
electronic  communications.  These  include  the Electronic  Communications  Privacy  Act,  which  addresses  interceptions  of 
electronic communications that are in transit; the Stored Communications Act, which addresses acquisitions of electronic 
data in storage; and other Federal and state privacy laws and regulations. As the collection and use of consumer data becomes 
more prevalent in the communications industry, our compliance obligations may grow. In 2017, the broadband privacy and 
data security rules adopted by the FCC in 2016 were repealed pursuant to the Congressional Review Act, which also restricts 
the  FCC  from  adopting  “substantially  similar”  rules  in  the  future.  In  2017,  the  FCC  also  reinstated  its  previous  rules 
applicable to customer proprietary network information (“CPNI”) for voice services. In addition, privacy legislation has been 
proposed at the Federal and state level, some of which would require broadband service providers to apply heightened privacy 
and security protections to customer data. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these obligations may impose 
costs on our business. 

In addition to FCC privacy regulations governing broadband internet access service, the Federal Trade Commission (the 
“FTC”) also may exercise authority over privacy by using its existing authority over unfair and deceptive acts or practices to 
apply greater restrictions on the collection and use of personally identifiable and other information relating to consumers. 
The FTC also has undertaken numerous enforcement actions against parties that do not provide sufficient security protections 
against the loss or unauthorized disclosure of this type of information. We also are subject to stringent data security and data 
retention requirements that apply to website operators and online services directed to children under 13 years of age, or that 
knowingly collect or post personal information from children under 13 years of age. Other privacy oriented laws have been 
extended by courts to online video providers and are increasingly being used in privacy lawsuits, including class actions, 
against providers of video materials online. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these obligations may impose 
costs on our business. 

We are also subject to Federal and state laws and regulations regarding data security that primarily apply to sensitive personal 
information that could be used to commit identity theft. Most states have security breach notification laws that generally 
require a business to give notice to consumers and government agencies when certain information has been disclosed due to 
a security breach, and the FCC has adopted security breach rules for voice services. Several states have also enacted general 
data security requirements to safeguard consumer information, including the proper disposal of consumer information. We 
cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these obligations may impose costs on our business. 

Digital Millennium Copyright Act. Owners of copyrights and trademarks actively seek to prevent use of the internet to violate 
their rights. For example, copyright and trademark owners assert claims that a customer used an internet service or resources 
accessed via the internet to post, download or disseminate copyrighted music, movies, software or other content without the 
consent of the copyright owner. In some cases, copyright and trademark owners have sought to recover damages from the 
broadband internet access service provider as well as or instead of the customer. The law relating to the potential liability of 
broadband internet access service providers in these circumstances is unsettled. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act grants 
broadband internet access service providers protection against certain claims of copyright infringement resulting from the 
actions of customers if the internet provider complies with certain requirements. Congress has not adopted similar immunity 
for broadband internet access service providers for trademark infringement claims. 

Business  Data  Services.  The  FCC  has  adopted  a  deregulatory  framework  for  Business  Data  Services  (“BDS”),  formerly 
known as “special access” services. These services provide dedicated point-to-point transmission of data at certain guaranteed 
speeds and service levels using high-capacity connections. The framework eliminated pricing regulation for certain types of 
BDS and established a competitive market test for determining whether other types of BDS should remain subject to pricing 
regulation. In July 2019, the FCC reaffirmed its decision regarding the framework and provided a transition period for further 
deregulation of BDS provided by incumbent carriers. At this time, we cannot predict how these or any future rule changes 
will affect our business. 

Video Services 

Title VI of the Communications Act establishes the principal Federal regulatory framework for our operation of cable systems 
and  for  the  provision  of  our  video  services.  The  Communications  Act  allocates  primary  responsibility  for  enforcing  the 
Federal policies among the FCC and state and local governmental authorities. 

Franchising. We are required to obtain franchises or authorizations from state or local governmental authorities to operate 
our  cable  systems.  Those  franchises  typically  are  non-exclusive  and  limited  in  time,  contain  various  conditions  and 

14 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
limitations and provide for the payment of fees to the local authority, determined generally as a percentage of revenues. 
Federal law restricts franchise fee payments to 5% of the gross revenues of a cable system that are derived from the provision 
of video services. Failure to comply with all of the terms and conditions of a franchise may give rise to rights of termination 
by the franchising authority. 

A number of states in which we operate have adopted franchising laws that provide for statewide franchising. Generally, 
statewide cable franchises are issued for a fixed term, reduce many burdensome requirements contained in traditional local 
cable franchises and eliminate the need for local oversight and negotiation. Various other state and local statutes, ordinances 
and administrative laws additionally govern our operation in particular communities. 

Prior to the scheduled expiration of our franchises, we generally initiate renewal proceedings with the granting authorities. 
Federal law provides for an orderly franchise renewal process in which local authorities may not unreasonably withhold 
franchise renewals. In connection with the franchise renewal process, however, many local governmental authorities require 
the cable operator to make additional costly commitments. 

In August 2019, the FCC issued an order that limits the scope of demands that state and local authorities may require in 
exchange  for  issuing  or  renewing  a  franchise.  The  FCC’s  order  clarified  that  state  and  local  franchising  authorities  are 
prohibited from using their video franchising authority to regulate the provision of non-cable services, including broadband, 
Wi-Fi and VoIP services that are delivered over “mixed use” systems that offer a variety of services. The FCC also held that 
non-monetary in-kind contributions required by a franchising authority count as franchise fees subject to the 5% cap on such 
fees. The FCC’s order is being challenged in the Federal courts. We cannot predict the outcome of the court appeals and 
whether or to what extent the rules as revised by the FCC or the courts may affect our operations or impose costs on our 
business. 

The FCC has adopted rules designed to expedite the process of awarding competitive franchises and relieving applicants for 
competing franchises of some locally imposed franchise obligations. These rules are especially beneficial to new entrants 
and are expected to continue to accelerate the competition we are experiencing in the video service marketplace. 

Rate Regulation. FCC regulations prohibit LFAs or the FCC from regulating the rates that cable systems charge for certain 
levels of video service, equipment and service calls when those cable systems are subject to “effective competition.” The 
FCC’s rate regulations contain a presumption that all cable systems are subject to the effective-competition exemption unless 
proven otherwise. 

Carriage of Local Television Broadcast Stations. There are two alternative legal methods for carriage of local broadcast 
television stations on cable systems. Federal “must carry” regulations require cable systems to carry local broadcast television 
stations upon the request of the local broadcaster. As a result, certain of our cable systems must carry broadcast stations that 
we might not otherwise have elected to carry. 

Alternatively, Federal law includes “retransmission consent” regulations, by which broadcasters can elect to prohibit cable 
carriage  unless  the  cable  operator  first  negotiates  for  retransmission  consent,  which  may  be  conditioned  on  significant 
payments  or  other  concessions  from  cable  operators,  such  as  commitments  to  carry  other  program  services  offered  by  a 
station or an affiliated company, to purchase advertising on a station or to provide advertising availabilities on cable channels 
to  a  station  or  to  provide  cash  compensation.  This  development  results  in  increased  operating  costs  for  video  service 
providers, which ultimately increases the rates for video subscribers. 

The FCC and Congress have imposed additional requirements in this area, including restrictions on broadcasters’ ability to 
jointly negotiate with video providers for carriage of their stations, and the requirement that parties negotiate retransmission 
consent in good faith. The FCC has stated that it would not adopt additional rules governing good faith negotiations for 
retransmission consent, but it would be prepared to assist in negotiations when necessary. Additional government-mandated 
broadcast carriage obligations, including those related to the FCC’s newly adopted enhanced technical broadcasting option 
(Advanced Television Systems Committee 3.0), could disrupt existing programming commitments and increase our costs of 
carrying such programming. 

Media Ownership Rules. The FCC recently took steps to relax its media ownership rules, including restrictions on the number 
of commonly owned television stations per market as well as on newspaper/broadcast and radio/television station cross-
ownership. However, the FCC’s new rules were overturned by a Federal court, which remanded the matter to the FCC for 
further proceedings. We cannot predict the outcome of the ongoing reviews by the FCC and whether or to what extent any 
further revisions of the rules by the FCC or the courts may affect our operations or impose costs on our business. Changes to 
relax the media ownership rules would likely lead to increased consolidation of the television broadcast stations and station 

15 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
groups, with a corresponding increase in the negotiating leverage that broadcasters and station groups hold in retransmission 
consent negotiations, thereby possibly increasing the amounts we pay to broadcasters for retransmission consent. 

Pole Attachments. Federal law requires most telephone companies and electric power utilities owning utility poles to provide 
cable systems with access to poles and underground conduits. Federal law also requires those entities to charge reasonable 
rates to cable operators for utilizing space on such poles or in such underground conduits. The FCC’s pole attachment rules 
contain a formula for calculating pole rental rates that provide for similar rates for telecommunications attachments and cable 
attachments  and  prohibit  utility  companies  from  charging  higher  rates  for  pole  attachments  used  to  provide  broadband 
internet access service. The FCC has also adopted rules to facilitate new attachments, including a one-touch make-ready 
procedure for new attachments. Those one-touch make-ready rules have taken effect but have been challenged in the Federal 
courts  by  utility  companies.  We  cannot  predict  the  outcome  of  this  proceeding,  or  how  this  proceeding  may  affect  our 
operations  or  impose  costs  on  our  business.  As  a  general  matter,  changes  to  our  pole  attachment  rate  structure  could 
significantly increase our annual pole attachment costs. 

Federal Copyright Issues. The Copyright Act of 1976, as amended (the “Copyright Act”), gives cable systems the ability, 
under  certain  terms  and  conditions  and  assuming  that  any  applicable  retransmission  consents  have  been  obtained,  to 
retransmit  the  signals  of  television  stations  pursuant  to  a  compulsory  copyright  license.  The  U.S.  Copyright  Office  is 
considering requests for clarification and revisions of certain cable compulsory copyright license reporting requirements, and 
from time to time, other revisions to the cable compulsory copyright rules are considered. We cannot predict the outcome of 
any such inquiries. However, it is possible that changes in the rules or copyright compulsory license fee computations or 
compliance  procedures  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business  by,  for  example,  increasing  copyright  compulsory 
license fee costs or by causing us to reduce or discontinue carriage of certain broadcast signals that we currently carry on a 
discretionary basis. Copyright clearances for non-broadcast programming services are arranged through private negotiations. 
Cable operators also must obtain music rights for locally originated programming and advertising from the major music 
performing rights organizations. These licensing fees have been the source of litigation in the past, and we cannot predict 
with certainty whether license fee disputes may arise in the future. 

Customer  Equipment. Congress,  the  FCC  and  other  government  agencies  have  for  some  time  been  developing  and 
implementing regulations that affect the types of set-top boxes that cable operators can lease or deploy to their subscribers. 
Prior  to  2015,  FCC  rules  banned  the  integration  of  security  and  non-security  function  in  set-top  boxes  and  required 
multichannel  video  programming  distributors  to  allow  third-party  vendors  to  provide  set-top  boxes  with  basic  converter 
functions. In 2015, Congress repealed the integration ban and mandated that the FCC establish a working group to identify, 
report  on  and  recommend  a  successor  technology-  and  platform-neutral  security  solution.  In  2016,  the  FCC  opened  a 
rulemaking to consider proposals that would require any retail video device to work on any cable operator’s system, but this 
item was removed from active FCC review. Various parties continue to advocate to Congress and the administrative agencies 
for  new  regulatory  approaches  to  reduce  consumer  dependency  on  traditional  operator-provided  set-top  boxes  that,  if 
adopted, could affect our business in the future. We cannot predict if or when new changes may be proposed, what effect 
such changes may have on our operations, or if they will increase our costs and impair our ability to deliver programming to 
our customers. 

Other  Regulatory  Requirements. The  FCC regulates  various other  aspects  of our video  business,  including,  among other 
things,  equal  employment  opportunity  obligations;  customer  service  standards;  technical  service  standards;  mandatory 
blackouts of certain network and syndicated programming; restrictions on political advertising; restrictions on advertising in 
children’s programming; maintenance of public files; emergency alert systems; inside wiring and exclusive contracts for 
service provided to apartment and condominium complexes; and disability access, including requirements governing video-
description  and  closed-captioning.  Each  of  these  regulations  restricts  our  business  practices  to  varying  degrees  and  may 
impose additional costs on our operations. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent changes to these and other 
regulations may affect our operations or costs. 

Voice Services 

Our voice services are subject to varying degrees of Federal and state regulation. Telecommunications services are subject 
to extensive regulation at both the Federal and state levels while interconnected VoIP services are subject to a lesser degree 
of regulation. 

Voice Over Internet Protocol. Service providers, including us and others, offer interconnected VoIP service, which permits 
users  to  make  voice  calls  over  broadband  communications  networks,  including  the  internet,  to  recipients  on  the  public 
switched telephone network (“PSTN”) and other broadband communications networks. Federal law preempts state and local 
regulatory barriers  to  the offering  of  voice  service by  service  providers,  and  the  FCC  and  Federal  courts  generally  have 
preempted state laws that seek to regulate or classify VoIP. 

16 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
The FCC has held that VoIP services are internet protocol-enabled services, which are interstate in nature and thus subject 
exclusively to the FCC’s Federal jurisdiction and not to state regulation. This decision was upheld on appeal, although the 
FCC has an ongoing proceeding to consider whether VoIP services provided by service providers are properly classified as 
an “information service,” “telecommunications service” or some other new category of service. This determination, once 
made,  could  have  numerous  regulatory  implications  for  service  providers  that  provide  interconnected  VoIP  services, 
including us. Although the FCC has yet to ascribe a regulatory definition to VoIP services, the FCC nevertheless has imposed 
numerous obligations on interconnected VoIP service providers, some of which are discussed more fully below. 

In 2015, the Minnesota Public Utilities Commission (“PUC”) ruled that the VoIP service of another cable operator should 
be classified and regulated as a telecommunications service in the state, subject to entry and rate regulation. In 2017, the U.S. 
District Court for the District of Minnesota held that such operator’s VoIP service is an “information service” rather than a 
“telecommunications service,” which prevented the Minnesota PUC from regulating VoIP as a telecommunications service 
in Minnesota. The district court’s decision was upheld on appeal and the U.S. Supreme Court denied review of the case. We 
cannot predict whether other states will attempt to subject VoIP services to entry and rate regulation, the outcome of such 
proceedings or how those proceedings may affect our operations or impose costs on our business. 

State  Regulation  of  Telecommunications  Services.  We  offer  telecommunications  services  as  competitive  local  exchange 
carriers (“CLECs”) through several of our subsidiaries. Providers of telecommunications services usually are required to 
obtain licenses or authorizations from state regulatory commissions prior to offering intrastate telecommunications services. 
We  hold  licenses  to  provide  CLEC  telecommunications  services  in  Arkansas,  Illinois,  Indiana,  Missouri,  Oklahoma  and 
Texas.  We  also  are  required  to  comply  with  state  reporting,  fee  payment,  tariffing  and  other  obligations  imposed  on 
telecommunications services. Many states require prior approval for corporate and financial transactions, and compliance 
with these requirements could delay and increase the cost we incur to complete such transactions. Failure to comply with 
requirements  applicable  to  telecommunications  services  could  subject  us  to  fines,  penalties  or  other  enforcement 
consequences. 

Incumbent  Local  Exchange  Carrier  Regulation.  We  offer  telecommunications  services  as  an  incumbent  local  exchange 
carrier (“ILEC”) in Missouri through one of our subsidiaries. ILECs generally are subject to more stringent regulation than 
CLECs.  Federal  law  imposes  a  variety  of  duties  on  all  telecommunications  carriers  providing  local  telephone  services, 
including  requirements  to  interconnect  with  other  telecommunications  carriers;  establish  reciprocal  compensation 
arrangements for the completion of calls; permit the resale of services; permit users to retain their telephone numbers when 
changing carriers; and provide competing carriers access to poles, ducts, conduits and rights-of-way. ILECs are subject to 
additional duties to offer interconnection at any technically feasible point within their networks on non-discriminatory, cost-
based terms; offer co-location of competitors’ equipment at their premises on a non-discriminatory basis; make available 
some  of  their  network  facilities,  features  and  capabilities,  referred  to  as  Unbundled  Network  Elements,  on  non-
discriminatory, cost-based terms; and offer wholesale versions of their retail services for resale at discounted rates. Our ILEC 
subsidiary is currently exempt from certain of these obligations because it qualifies as a “rural telephone company” under 
Federal law. Failure to comply with requirements applicable to ILEC operations could subject us to fines, penalties or other 
enforcement consequences. 

Emergency 911 Services. The FCC has ruled that an interconnected VoIP service provider that enables its customers to make 
calls to and receive calls from persons who use the PSTN must provide its customers with the same enhanced 911 (“E911”) 
features that traditional telephone, telecommunications and wireless companies are obligated to provide. The FCC has also 
established  indoor  location  requirements  when  E911  calls  are  made  by  interconnected  VoIP  subscribers.  The  FCC  also 
requires certain providers of facilities-based fixed, residential voice services, which includes interconnected VoIP service 
providers, to offer backup power options to consumers and to inform consumers of the availability of such options. In October 
2019, the FCC clarified that state, local, and tribal governments cannot charge the same class of subscribers higher total 911 
fees for VoIP services than for traditional telecommunications services with the same 911 calling capability. 

CALEA. FCC  regulations  require  providers  of  voice  services  to  comply  with  the  requirements  of  the  Communications 
Assistance for Law Enforcement Act, which requires covered entities and their equipment suppliers to deploy equipment 
that law enforcement officials can access readily for lawful wiretap purposes. 

Universal Service Contributions. The FCC has determined that interconnected VoIP service providers must contribute to the 
Federal Universal Service Fund (the “USF”). Providers of telecommunications service also are required to contribute to the 
Federal  USF. The  amount of  a  company’s USF  contribution  is based on  a percentage of  revenues  earned from  end-user 
interstate  and  international  telecommunications  and/or  interconnected  VoIP  services.  We  are  permitted  to  recover  these 
contributions from our customers. In 2012, the FCC initiated a proceeding that focused on reforming the nature and manner 
in which entities should contribute to the USF and at what levels. We cannot predict whether and how such reform will occur 
and the extent to which it may affect providers of VoIP services, including us and our competitors. 

17 

  
  
  
  
  
  
States also may impose state USF fees on telecommunications services, and the FCC has determined that states may impose 
state  USF  fees  on  interconnected  VoIP  service  providers  subject  to  certain  limitations  and  requirements.  State  USF 
contributions often are based on a percentage of revenues earned from end-user intrastate telecommunications services and/or 
interconnected VoIP services, and we are typically permitted to recover these contributions from our customers. We cannot 
predict whether or how the imposition of such state-based universal service fees will affect our operations and business. 

Federal Subsidies and Grants. The FCC has adopted rules intended to transition the USF so that it supports the build out of 
broadband rather than telecommunications facilities. Certain of our subsidiaries providing telecommunications services have 
been designated as eligible telecommunications carriers (“ETCs”) and as such receive Federal and state funds for operations 
in Illinois, Missouri and Oklahoma. We also receive reimbursement from the schools and libraries universal service support 
program, commonly known as E-rate, and from the Rural Health Care Fund for discounted services provided throughout our 
service territory. The FCC has several proceedings pending that could affect our ability to continue receiving such Federal 
funding. We cannot predict whether or how these programs will be changed, or how such changes will affect our operations 
or business. Our ILEC subsidiary also receives disbursements from the federal USF under Phase 2 of the FCC’s Alternative 
Connect America Cost Model program. To continue to receive such disbursements, we are required to meet certain build-
out milestones over the next ten years. We also were a grant recipient under the FCC’s Rural Broadband Experiment program, 
which requires us to meet certain build-out and public service obligations over a five-year period. While we intend to satisfy 
these build-out obligations within the required timeframes, there can be no assurance that we will complete the build-out in 
a timely manner or at all. We also cannot predict what impact the costs of complying with the build-out obligations will have 
on our operations. 

In addition, the FCC has focused on subsidizing broadband deployment and this shift could help some of our competitors. 
For example, the FCC revised the program that provides universal service support for services to schools and libraries to 
shift  support  from  voice  services  to  broadband  services  and  to  deployment  of  Wi-Fi  networks.  Similarly,  the  FCC  has 
expanded its Lifeline subsidy program for low-income consumers to cover broadband services in addition to voice services 
and is considering further changes that may affect the Lifeline program. We cannot predict whether or how these programs 
will be changed, or the impact such changes will have on our operations or business. 

Intercarrier Compensation. The FCC regulates switched access service rates imposed by local telecommunications carriers 
on  interexchange  carriers  for  the  origination  and  termination  of  long-distance  telecommunications  traffic.  The  FCC  has 
adopted intercarrier compensation rules under which switched access service rates for all traffic that interconnects with the 
PSTN were reduced and a uniform bill-and-keep framework for both intrastate and interstate terminating access traffic will 
result. The reforms required by the FCC’s rules are being phased in over a multi-year period. Future FCC determinations 
regarding the rates, terms and conditions for transporting and terminating such traffic could have a profound and material 
effect on the profitability of providing voice and data services. 

Customer Proprietary Network Information. Telecommunications services and interconnected VoIP services are subject to 
CPNI protections, which extend CPNI protection requirements to such providers. CPNI is information about the quantity, 
technical configuration, type, location and amount of a voice customer’s use. These requirements generally increase the cost 
of providing voice service, as providers must implement various safeguards to protect CPNI from unauthorized disclosure. 

Access for Persons with Disabilities. FCC regulations require providers of interconnected VoIP services to comply with all 
disability  access  requirements  that  apply  to  telecommunications  services,  including  the  provision  of  telecommunications 
relay services for persons with speech or hearing impairments. The FCC also has adopted reporting requirements associated 
with  disability  access  obligations.  We  must  also  contribute  to  the  interstate  Telecommunications  Relay  Service  Fund  to 
support such access. These requirements generally have had the effect of increasing the cost of providing voice services. 

Service Discontinuance and Outage Obligations. The FCC has adopted rules subjecting providers of interconnected VoIP 
services to the same service discontinuance requirements applicable to providers of wireline telecommunication services. 
The FCC has also adopted mandatory outage reporting requirements for interconnected VoIP service providers, which apply 
when customers of interconnected VoIP service lose service or connectivity and, as a result, are unable to access 911 service. 
Telecommunications services are subject to similar requirements. Along with other FCC actions described herein that impose 
legacy telecom obligations on interconnected VoIP providers, this development subjects our interconnected VoIP services 
to greater regulation and, therefore, greater burdens and costs. 

18 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Regulatory Fees. The FCC requires telecommunications service and interconnected VoIP service providers to contribute to 
shared costs of FCC regulation through an annual regulatory fee assessment. These fees have increased our cost of providing 
voice services. The FCC revises its regulatory fees from time to time and sometimes creates new fees. We cannot predict 
when or the extent to which the FCC will adopt new rules or regulatory fees affecting telecommunications service and VoIP 
service providers, which could affect our cost of doing business. 

Local Number Portability. Providers of telecommunications services and interconnected VoIP services and their “numbering 
partners” must ensure that their subscribers have the ability to port their telephone numbers when changing service providers. 
We also must contribute funds to cover the shared costs of local number portability and the costs of the North American 
Numbering Plan Administration. FCC rules require additional numbering requirements, such as allowing consumers access 
to  abbreviated  dialing  codes  like  211  and  311  in  certain  circumstances,  to  be  applied  to  interconnected  VoIP  service 
providers. Although consumers’ ability to port their existing telephone numbers to interconnected VoIP service has created 
additional opportunities for us to gain voice customers, the local number portability and associated rules overall have had 
the effect of increasing the cost of providing voice service. 

Rural Calling Issues. The FCC has adopted rules to combat problems with the completion of long-distance calls to rural 
areas. The rules applied detailed record keeping, record retention and reporting requirements on all voice providers, including 
VoIP  service  providers,  subject  to  certain  exceptions.  The  rules  also  prohibit  VoIP  service  providers  (and  other  voice 
providers) from using false audible ringing when originating calls. 

State and Local Taxes 

The Internet Tax Freedom Act prohibits most states and localities from imposing taxes on internet access service charges. In 
addition, the FCC’s decision to rescind the majority of the rules adopted in the Open Internet Order may hinder states and 
localities that seek to impose additional taxes and fees on our data services. Legislative and administrative proceedings in 
some states and localities have imposed or are considering adopting changes to general business taxes, central assessments 
for  property  tax  and  new  taxes  and  fees  applicable  to  our  services.  Often,  DBS  and  other  competitors  that  deliver  their 
services over the internet do not face similar state tax and fee burdens. 

ITEM 1A.  

RISK FACTORS 

You should carefully consider all of the information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and each of the risks described 
below, which we  believe  are  the  principal risks  that we  face.  Some  risks  relate  principally  to  the  securities  markets  and 
ownership of our common stock. 

Any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, financial results, financial condition and results 
of operations and the actual outcome of matters as to which forward-looking statements are made in this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K. 

Risks Relating to Our Business 

We face significant competition from other service providers, as well as other well-capitalized entrants in the video and 
data services industry, which could reduce our market share and lower our profits. 

We  operate  in  a  highly  competitive,  subscriber-driven  and  rapidly  changing  environment  and  compete  with  a  growing 
number  of  entities  that  provide  a  broad  range  of  communications  products,  services  and  content  to  subscribers.  Our 
competitors have historically included, and we expect will continue to include, DBS providers; telephone companies that 
offer data and video services through DSL or fiber-to-the-node networks; municipalities with fiber-based networks; regional 
fiber providers and other service providers that have been granted a franchise to operate in a geographic market in which we 
are already operating. 

19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Our  systems  generally  operate  pursuant  to  franchises,  permits  and  similar  authorizations  issued  by  state  and  local 
governments. As these franchises are typically non-exclusive, state and local governments can grant additional franchises to 
our competitors and create competition in our markets where none existed previously, resulting in overbuilds. In some cases, 
the FCC has adopted rules that streamline entry for new competitors (particularly those affiliated with telephone companies) 
and reduce franchising burdens for these new entrants. Although as a general matter internet service providers have upgraded 
their data networks to enable faster upload and download speeds for their customers in metropolitan markets before upgrading 
their data networks in our markets, approximately 26% of our footprint has been overbuilt and currently faces competition 
for residential high-speed data service at speeds comparable to our own, and we anticipate a slow yet steady growth of new 
entrants into our markets. Currently, approximately 8% of the residential homes passed in our markets have access to fiber-
to-the-premises from our competitors who typically offer only high-speed data service. Further overbuilding could cause 
more of our customers to purchase data and video services from our competitors instead of from us. In certain of our markets, 
some  of  our  telephone  company  competitors  have  entered  into  strategic  partnerships  or  other  arrangements  with  DBS 
operators  that  permit  these  telephone  companies  to  package  the  video  services  of  DBS  operators  with  their  own  data, 
residential voice and wireless voice services. An example of such arrangement is AT&T’s ownership of DirecTV. We also 
face increasing competition from wireless telephone companies for residential voice services, as our customers continue to 
replace  our  residential  voice  services  completely  with  wireless  voice  services.  In  addition,  new  entrants  with  significant 
financial  resources  may  compete  on  a  larger  scale  with  our video  and  data  services,  and  as  more  wireless  voice  service 
providers offer unlimited data options, some customers may choose to forgo our data services altogether. We may also face 
increasing competition from various providers of wireless internet offerings, including wireless telephone carriers that are 
developing high-speed “5G” wireless networks and public locations or commercial establishments offering Wi-Fi at no cost. 

A small number of municipalities have also announced plans to construct their own data networks with access speeds that 
match or exceed those of our own through the use of fiber optic technology. In some cases, local government entities and 
municipal utilities may legally compete with us without obtaining a franchise from an LFA, reducing their barriers to entry 
into our markets. The entrance of municipalities as competitors in our markets would add to the competition we face and 
could lead to additional customer attrition. 

Our video business also faces substantial and increasing competition from other forms of in-home and mobile entertainment, 
including Amazon Prime, Apple TV, Disney+, Hulu, Netflix, Sling TV, YouTube TV and an increasing number of new 
entrants who offer OTT video programming, including many traditional programmers. Because of the significant size and 
financial resources of many of the companies behind such service offerings, we anticipate that they will continue to invest 
resources in increasing the availability of video content on the internet, which may result in less demand for the video services 
we provide. In addition, companies that offer OTT content in certain markets also provide data services, such as Alphabet, 
and they may seek to increase sales of their streaming content by lowering the cost of data services for their customers, which 
would further increase price competition for the data services we offer. In addition to creating competition for our video 
services, OTT content also significantly increases the volume of traffic on our data networks, which can lead to decreases in 
access speeds for all users if data networks are not upgraded so that their broadband capacity can keep pace with increased 
traffic. 

Competition  for  dedicated  fiber-optic  services  for  enterprise  business  customers  is  also  intense  as  both  local  telephone 
companies and regional overbuilders offer data and voice services over dedicated fiber connections. 

Any  of  these  events  could  have  a  material  negative  impact  on  our  operations,  business,  financial  results  and  financial 
condition. 

Our business is characterized by rapid technological change, and if we do not adapt to technological changes and respond 
appropriately to changes in consumer demand, our competitive position may be harmed. 

Our success is, to a large extent, dependent on our ability to acquire, develop, adopt, upgrade and exploit new and existing 
technologies to address consumers’ changing demands and distinguish our services from those of our competitors. We may 
not be able to accurately predict technological trends or the success of new products and services. If we choose technologies 
or equipment that are less effective, cost-efficient or attractive to our customers than those chosen by our competitors, or if 
we  offer  services  that  fail  to  appeal  to  consumers,  that  are  not  available  at  competitive  prices or  that  do not function  as 
expected, our competitive position could deteriorate and our business and financial results could suffer. 

The ability of some of our competitors to introduce new technologies, products and services more quickly than we can may 
adversely affect our competitive position. Furthermore, advances in technology, decreases in the cost of existing technologies 
or  changes  in  competitors’  product  and  service  offerings  may  require  us  in  the  future  to  make  additional  research  and 
development expenditures or to offer at no additional charge or at a lower price certain products and services that we currently 
offer to customers separately or at a premium. 

20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
In addition, we generally seek to leverage overall industry experience before rolling out new technology in order to avoid 
investing in technology that has not been proven successful in other markets. We implement this approach to avoid costly 
mistakes made by early adopters of new technology that does not provide expected returns, and it exposes us to the risk that 
one  of  our  competitors  will  adopt  successful  new  technology  before  us  and  leverage  this  new  technology  to  attract  our 
customers, increasing the level of customer attrition we experience and adversely affecting our business. 

Business services sales increasingly contribute to our results of operations, and we face risks as we attempt to further 
focus on sales to our business customers. 

Growth in revenue from sales to our business customers in legacy Cable One markets has exceeded 10% for each year since 
we started focusing on business services sales in 2011, and we may encounter challenges as we continue our initiative to 
expand sales of data, voice and video services to our business customers. To accommodate this expansion, we expect to 
commit a greater proportion of our expenditures on technology, equipment and personnel toward our business customers. If 
we are unable to sufficiently maintain the necessary infrastructure and internal support functions necessary to service these 
customers, potential future growth of our business services revenues would be limited. In many cases, business customers 
have service level agreements that require us to provide higher standards of service and reliability. If we are unable to meet 
these service level requirements, or more broadly, the expectations of our business customers, we would no longer expect 
business sales to increase and our results of operations may be materially negatively affected. 

The increase in programming costs and retransmission fees may continue in the future, resulting in lower margins than 
we anticipate. 

Over the past few years, the sales margins on our residential video services, which accounted for 28.7%, 32.0% and 34.6% 
of our total revenues in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, have decreased as a result of increased programming costs and 
retransmission fees and customer cord-cutting. Programming costs and retransmission fees paid to major programmers and 
broadcasters may continue to increase as content providers are expected to ask for higher fees. Moreover, programming cost 
and retransmission fee increases have caused us, and may in the future cause us, to cease carrying channels offered by certain 
programmers and broadcasters, which may result in attrition of video subscribers as well as customers who subscribe to 
double-play or triple-play packages that include video service. These customer losses and increased costs could result in 
further decreases in our residential video margins and adversely impact our business. 

We may not be able to obtain necessary hardware, software and operational support. 

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers and licensors to supply some of the hardware and software necessary 
to provide some of our services, including our access to the network backbone and the set-top boxes and modems that we 
lease to our customers. Some of these vendors represent our sole source of supply or have, either through contract or as a 
result of intellectual property rights, a position of some exclusivity. If any of these parties breaches or terminates its agreement 
with  us  or  otherwise  fails  to  perform  its  obligations  in  a  timely  manner;  demand  exceeds  these  vendors’  capacity;  they 
experience  operating  or  financial  difficulties  (including  due  to  general  adverse  economic  conditions);  they  significantly 
increase the amount we pay for necessary products or services or they cease production of any necessary product due to lack 
of demand, profitability, a change in their ownership or otherwise, then our ability to provide some services may be materially 
adversely affected. Any of these events could adversely affect our ability to retain and attract subscribers and have a material 
negative impact on our operations, business, financial results and financial condition. 

We recently made several acquisitions, and may make other acquisitions and strategic investments, which expose us to 
risks and uncertainties associated with acquisitions and strategic investments. 

We completed the NewWave acquisition in May 2017, the Clearwave acquisition in January 2019 and the Fidelity acquisition 
in October 2019. In addition, we have made and may make other acquisitions and strategic investments (collectively, the 
"acquired  business").  Such  acquisitions  and  strategic  investments could  involve  a  number  of  risks  and  uncertainties, 
including: 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

the difficulty in integrating newly acquired businesses and operations in an efficient and effective manner; 

the challenge in achieving strategic objectives, cost savings and other anticipated benefits; 

the potential loss of key associates of the acquired businesses; 

the potential diversion of senior management’s attention from our ongoing operations; 

21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   ● 

the difficulty of maintaining relationships with the customers, suppliers and other business partners of the acquired 
business; 

   ● 

the difficulty and amount of time necessary to realize expected synergies and other benefits of the acquisitions or 
strategic investments; 

   ● 

   ● 

the risks associated with integrating financial reporting and internal control systems; 

the difficulty in adapting and expanding information technology systems and other business processes to incorporate 
the acquired businesses; 

   ●  potential future impairments of goodwill associated with the acquired businesses; and 

   ● 

in some cases, the potential for increased regulation. 

If an acquired business fails to operate as anticipated, cannot be successfully integrated with our existing business or one or 
more of the other risks and uncertainties identified above occur in connection with our acquisitions and strategic investments, 
our operations, business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially negatively affected. 

Our rebranding may not produce the benefits expected. 

In 2019, we began rebranding our legacy Cable One operations as Sparklight. We plan to rebrand our NewWave operations 
in 2020 and our Fidelity operations further in the future. The rebranding has required and will continue to require significant 
investment by us and may result in the diversion of senior management’s attention from our ongoing operations. Furthermore, 
we have registered and applied for registration of certain trademarks associated with the rebranding and we will continue to 
evaluate the registration and maintenance of additional trademarks associated with the rebranding. A failure to obtain or 
maintain trademark registrations could limit our ability to protect and enforce our trademarks and impede our rebranding and 
marketing efforts. Our rebranding could also result in the loss of brand recognition, customer loyalty or reputation and could 
require us to devote additional resources to advertising and marketing our new brand. Our rebranding initiative may not 
produce the benefits expected and could adversely affect our ability to retain and attract subscribers and have a material 
negative impact on our operations, business, financial results and financial condition. 

Any  damage  to  our  reputation  or  brand  image  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of 
operations. 

Maintaining  a  positive  reputation  and  brand  image  are  important  factors  impacting  our  ability  to  sell  our  products  and 
services.  The  speed at  which negative  publicity  is  disseminated has  increased dramatically through  the  use of  electronic 
communication, including social media, websites and blogs. Our success in maintaining our brand image depends on our 
ability to adapt to this rapidly changing media environment. Adverse publicity or negative commentary in any media outlet 
could damage our reputation and reduce the demand for our products and services, which would adversely affect our business. 
Our reputation or brand image could be adversely impacted by negative publicity, commentary or communications (whether 
or not valid), including related to the following topics: our failure to maintain high ethical and social practices in all of our 
operations and activities; our failure to be perceived as appropriately addressing matters of social responsibility; our use of 
social media; or public perception of statements made by us, including our executives and associates. 

Implementation of our new ERP system could disrupt business operations. 

We are planning to implement a new ERP system in the next 12 months. The implementation requires significant investments 
of time, money and resources and may result in the diversion of senior management’s attention from our ongoing operations. 
Furthermore, the implementation will result in changes to many of our existing operational, financial and administrative 
business processes, including, but not limited to, our budgeting, purchasing, receiving, provisioning, servicing, accounting 
and reporting processes. The new ERP system will require both the implementation of new internal controls and changes to 
existing internal control frameworks and procedures. If unexpected delays, technical problems or other significant issues 
arise in connection with the implementation, it could have a material negative impact on our operations, business, financial 
results and financial condition. 

22 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Adverse conditions in the U.S. economy could impact our results of operations. 

Unfavorable general economic conditions, such as a recession or economic slowdown in the United States, could negatively 
affect the affordability of and demand for some of our products and services. In difficult economic conditions, consumers 
may seek to reduce discretionary spending by forgoing purchases of our products and services, electing to use fewer higher 
margin products and services or obtaining lower cost products and services offered by other companies. Similarly, under 
these  conditions  the  business  customers  that  we  serve  in  the  United  States  may  delay  purchasing  decisions,  delay  full 
implementation of service offerings or reduce their use of services. In addition, adverse economic conditions may lead to an 
increased number of our residential and business customers that are unable to pay for services. If any of these events were to 
occur, it could have a material negative effect on our operations, business, financial condition and results of operations. 

We rely on network and information systems and other technology, and a disruption or failure of such networks, systems 
or technology as a result of cybersecurity incidents, as well as outages, natural disasters (including extreme weather), 
terrorist attacks, accidental releases of information or similar events, may disrupt our business. 

Network and information systems and other technologies are critical to our operating activities, both to internal uses and in 
supplying data, video and voice services to customers. Network or information system shutdowns or other service disruptions 
caused  by  cyber-attacks,  such  as  distributed  denial  of  service  attacks,  ransomware,  dissemination  of  malware  and  other 
malicious activity, pose increasing risks. Both unsuccessful and successful cyber-attacks on companies, including ours, have 
continued to increase in frequency, scope and potential harm in recent years and, because the techniques used in such attacks 
have  become  more  sophisticated  and  change  frequently,  we  may  be  unable  to  anticipate  these  techniques  or  implement 
adequate  preventative  measures.  From  time  to  time,  third  parties  make  malicious  attempts  to  access  our  network  or  the 
networks of third-party vendors we use. For example, in 2019 we identified an information security incident that could affect 
the  personal  information  of  some  of  our  current  and  former  associates  as  well  as,  in  some  cases,  their  dependents, 
beneficiaries  and  others.  Other  cyber-attacks  could  result  in  an  unauthorized  release  of  information,  degradation  to  our 
network and information systems or disruption to our data, video and voice services, all of which could adversely affect our 
reputation and results of operations. 

Our network and information systems are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from power outages, natural disasters 
(including extreme weather arising from short-term weather patterns or any long-term changes), terrorist attacks and similar 
events. For example, prior to 2018, the damage to our network infrastructure caused by Hurricanes Harvey and Katrina and 
the Joplin, Missouri tornado each created a significant disruption in our ability to provide services in affected areas. Any 
similar events could have an adverse impact on us and our customers in the future, including degradation of service, service 
disruption, excessive call volume to call centers and damage to our plant, equipment, data and reputation. Such an event also 
could result in large expenditures necessary to repair or replace such networks or information systems or to protect them 
from similar events or damage in the future. Further, the impacts associated with extreme weather or any long-term changes, 
such as intensified storm activity, may cause increased business interruptions. 

Security breaches and other disruptions, including cyber-attacks, and our actual or perceived failure to adequately protect 
business and consumer data could give rise to liability or reputational harm. 

In the ordinary course of our business, we electronically maintain confidential, proprietary and personal information in our 
information technology systems and networks and those of third-party vendors, including customer, personnel and vendor 
data. These systems have been, and may continue to be, targets of attack by cyber criminals or other wrongdoers seeking to 
steal such information for financial gain or to harm our business operations or reputation. The loss, misuse, compromise, 
leakage,  falsification  or  accidental  release  of  such  information  has  resulted,  and  may  in  the  future  result,  in  costly 
investigations,  remediation  efforts  and  notification  to  affected  consumers,  personnel  and/or  vendors.  Cyber-attacks  have 
consumed, and may in the future consume, internal resources, and they could also adversely affect our operating results and 
result in government investigations, fines and penalties, litigation or potential liability for us and otherwise harm our business. 

Various Federal, state and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing and security of 
consumer data and sensitive personal information that could be used to commit identity theft. This area of the law is evolving, 
and interpretations of applicable laws and regulations differ. Legislative and regulatory activity in the privacy area may result 
in new laws that are relevant to our operations, for example, use of consumer data for marketing or advertising. Claims of 
failure to comply with our privacy policies or applicable laws or regulations could form the basis of governmental or private-
party actions against us. Such claims and actions may cause damage to our reputation and could have an adverse effect on 
our business. 

We also are subject to stringent data security and data retention requirements that apply to website operators and online 
services directed to children under 13 years of age, or that knowingly collect or post personal information from children 

23 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
under  13  years  of  age.  Other  privacy  oriented  laws  have  been  extended  by  courts  to  online  video  providers  and  are 
increasingly being used in privacy lawsuits, including class actions, against providers of video materials online. Most states 
have security breach notification laws that generally require a business to give notice to consumers and government agencies 
when certain information has been disclosed due to a security breach, and the FCC has adopted security breach rules for 
voice  services.  Several  states  have  also  enacted  general  data  security  requirements  to  safeguard  consumer  information, 
including the proper disposal of consumer information. We cannot predict whether, when or to what extent these obligations 
may impose costs on or otherwise adversely affect our business. 

Intellectual property and proprietary rights of others could prevent us from using necessary technology to provide our 
services or subject us to expensive intellectual property litigation. 

We  periodically  receive  claims  from  third  parties  alleging  that  our  network  and  information  technology  infrastructure 
infringes the intellectual property rights of others. We are generally named as joint defendants in these suits together with 
other  providers  of  data,  video  and  voice  services.  Typically  these  claims  allege  that  aspects  of  our  system  architecture, 
electronic program guides, modem technology and VoIP services infringe on process patents held by third parties. It is likely 
that  we  will  continue  to  be  subject  to  similar  claims  as  they  relate  to  our  business.  Addressing  these  claims  is  a  time-
consuming  and  expensive  endeavor,  regardless  of  the  merits  of  the  claims.  In  order  to  resolve  such  a  claim,  we  could 
determine the need to change our method of doing business, enter into a licensing agreement or incur substantial monetary 
liability. It is also possible that our business could be enjoined from using the intellectual property at issue, causing us to 
significantly alter our operations. If any such claims are successful, then the outcome would likely affect our services utilizing 
the intellectual property at issue and could have a material adverse effect on our operating results. 

If we are unable to retain key employees (who we refer to as associates), our ability to manage our business could be 
adversely affected. 

Our operational results have depended, and our future results will depend, upon the retention and continued performance of 
our management team. The competitive environment for management talent in the broadband communications industry could 
adversely impact our ability to retain and hire new key associates for management positions. The loss of the services of key 
members of management and the inability or delay in hiring new key associates could adversely affect our ability to manage 
our business and our future operational and financial results. 

Risks Relating to Regulation and Legislation 

The profitability of our data service offerings may be impacted by legislative or regulatory efforts to impose net neutrality 
and other new requirements on cable operators. 

The majority of our Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures comes from residential data services, and a majority of our 
residential customers are data-only. We have aligned our resources to emphasize increased sales of data services as well as 
sales to business customers. In order to continue to generate Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures at our desired level 
from  data  services,  we  need  the  continued  flexibility  to  develop  and  refine  business  models  that  respond  to  changing 
consumer uses and demands and to manage data usage efficiently, including by charging our data subscribers higher rates 
based on the overall bandwidth capacity available to, or used by, them, referred to as “usage-based billing.” Our ability to 
implement  usage-based  billing  or  other  network  management  initiatives  in  the  future  may  be  restricted  by  any  new  net 
neutrality requirements on cable operators. 

To the extent the FCC in the future limits our ability to price our data services, we may not be able to generate the margins 
on our data services that we anticipated in shifting our focus from video to data services, and our business could be materially 
negatively impacted. While the FCC has eliminated most net neutrality requirements, the FCC, Congress, states or the courts 
may revisit this determination in the future. For example, Congress and numerous states, including Missouri (where we have 
subscribers) have proposed legislation and/or administrative actions that would lead to increased regulation of our provision 
of data services, including proposed rules regarding net neutrality. Several states, including Oregon and Washington (where 
we also have subscribers), have adopted legislation that requires entities providing broadband internet access service in the 
state to comply with net neutrality requirements or that prohibits state and local government agencies from contracting with 
internet service providers that engage in certain network management activities based on paid prioritization, content blocking 
or other discrimination. Further, current rules only require that a portion of revenues from VoIP services be contributed to 
the USF and USF is not applied to broadband services. The changes brought about by how USF monies are distributed may 
provide funding and subsidies to those who either compete with us or seek to compete with us and therefore put us at a 
competitive  disadvantage.  Moreover,  if  the  FCC  imposes  USF  fees  on  broadband  services,  bundled  services  or  a  larger 
portion of VoIP services, it would increase the cost of our services and harm our ability to compete. 

24 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The regulation of broadband activities, including net neutrality obligations, and any related court decisions could cause us to 
incur additional compliance costs, restrict our ability to profit from our existing broadband network, limit the return we can 
expect to achieve on past and future investments in our broadband networks and adversely affect our business. We cannot 
predict what, if any, proposals might be adopted or what effect they might have on our business. 

Our video and voice services are subject to additional regulation by Federal, state and local authorities, which may impose 
additional costs and restrictions on our businesses. 

Our video services business operates in a highly regulated environment. Our systems generally operate pursuant to franchises, 
permits and similar authorizations issued by states or local governments controlling the public rights-of-way, which typically 
are non-exclusive and limited in time, contain various conditions and limitations and provide for the payment of fees to 
the local authority, determined generally as a percentage of revenues. Failure to comply with all of the terms and conditions 
of a franchise may give rise to rights of termination by the franchising authority. 

We have the ability, pursuant to the Copyright Act, under certain terms and conditions and assuming that any applicable 
retransmission  consents  have  been  obtained,  to  retransmit  the  signals  of  television  stations  pursuant  to  a  compulsory 
copyright license. From time to time, revisions to the cable compulsory copyright rules are considered. It is possible that 
changes  in  the  rules  or  copyright  compulsory  license  fee  computations or  compliance  procedures  could have  an  adverse 
effect  on our business by,  for  example, increasing  copyright  compulsory  license  fee  costs  or  by  causing us  to reduce  or 
discontinue carriage of certain broadcast signals that we currently carry on a discretionary basis. Copyright clearances for 
non-broadcast programming services are arranged through private negotiations. Cable operators also must obtain music rights 
for locally originated programming and advertising from the major music performing rights organizations. These licensing 
fees have been the source of litigation in the past, and we cannot predict with certainty whether license fee disputes may arise 
in the future. 

In addition, Congress, the FCC and other government agencies have implemented regulations that affect the types of set-top 
boxes that we can lease or deploy to our subscribers, and we expect these regulations may change in the future. The imposition 
of  energy  conservation  regulations  on  the  hardware  products  we  provide  to  our  customers  could  impede  innovation  and 
require mandatory upgrades in our set-top boxes and be costly to us. In addition, the FCC may revisit adopting rules requiring 
any retail video device to work on any cable operator’s system. Various parties continue to advocate to Congress and the 
administrative agencies for new regulatory approaches to reduce consumer dependency on traditional operator-provided set-
top boxes. We cannot predict when, whether or to what extent any of these types of proposals will be adopted or how they 
will affect our operations. 

Our telecommunications services are subject to heightened regulatory scrutiny, and our interconnected VoIP services are 
also subject to a growing degree of regulation. Complying with these regulations may increase the costs we incur and decrease 
the revenues we derive from our voice business. While the compliance costs associated with the current regulatory structure 
applicable to our voice services are manageable, changes in this regulatory structure are unpredictable and have the potential 
to further negatively impact our voice services by increasing compliance costs and/or taxes. 

Our cable system franchises are subject to non-renewal or termination. The failure to renew a franchise in one or more 
markets could adversely affect our business. 

Many of the LFAs from whom we have obtained franchises, permits and similar authorizations required to operate our video 
services business have established comprehensive facilities and service requirements as well as specific customer service 
standards and monetary penalties for non-compliance. In many cases, our franchises are terminable if we fail to comply with 
significant provisions set forth in the applicable franchise agreement governing our video operations. Franchises are generally 
granted for fixed terms and must be periodically renewed. LFAs may resist granting a renewal if either past performance or 
the prospective operating proposal is considered inadequate. LFAs often demand concessions or other commitments as a 
condition to renewal. The traditional cable franchising regime has recently undergone significant change as a result of various 
Federal and state actions. Some state franchising laws do not allow us to immediately opt into favorable statewide franchising. 
In many cases, state franchising laws will result in fewer franchise-imposed requirements for our competitors who are new 
entrants than for us, until we are able to opt into the applicable state franchise. We cannot assure that we will be able to 
comply with all significant provisions of our franchise agreements and certain of our franchisers have from time to time 
alleged that we have not complied with these agreements. Additionally, although historically we have renewed our franchises 
without incurring significant costs, we cannot assure that we will be able to renew, or to renew as favorably, our franchises 
in the future. A termination of or a sustained failure to renew a franchise in one or more markets could materially negatively 
affect our business in the affected geographic area. 

25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
In addition, certain of our franchise agreements require that the applicable LFA approve a transfer of control of our Company. 
Although FCC rules provide that a transfer application shall be deemed granted if it is not acted upon within 120 days after 
submission, as a practical matter, cable operators often waive the deadline if the LFA has not completed its review to facilitate 
discussions  and  thereby  avoid  an  LFA  denying  the  transfer  of  control.  Failure  to  obtain  such  consents  on  commercially 
reasonable and satisfactory terms may impair our entitlement to the benefit of these franchise agreements in the event of a 
potential transfer of control of our Company. 

We may encounter increased pole attachment costs. 

Federal law requires most telephone companies and electric power utilities owning utility poles to provide cable systems 
with access to poles and underground conduits. Federal law also requires those utilities to charge reasonable rates to cable 
operators for  utilizing  space on  such poles or  in  such  underground  conduits.  The FCC’s pole  attachment rules  contain  a 
formula  for  calculating  pole  rental  rates  that  provide  for  similar  rates  for  telecommunications  attachments  and  cable 
attachments  and  prohibit  utility  companies  from  charging  higher  rates  for  pole  attachments  used  to  provide  broadband 
internet access service. The FCC has also adopted rules to facilitate new attachments, including a one-touch make-ready 
procedure for new attachments. Those one-touch make-ready rules have taken effect but have been challenged in the Federal 
courts by the utility companies. We cannot predict the outcome of this proceeding, or how this proceeding may affect our 
operations  or  impose  costs  on  our  business.  As  a  general  matter,  changes  to  our  pole  attachment  rate  structure  could 
significantly increase our annual pole attachment costs and materially negatively impact our operations, business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Changes in broadcast carriage regulations could impose significant additional costs. 

Although we would likely choose to carry all primary video feeds of local broadcast stations in the markets in which we 
operate  voluntarily,  so-called  “must  carry”  rules  could,  in  the  future,  require  us  to  carry  some  local  broadcast  television 
signals on some of our systems that we might not otherwise carry. If the FCC seeks to revise or expand the “must carry” 
rules, such as to require carriage of multicast streams, we would be forced to carry video programming that we would not 
otherwise  carry  and  potentially  drop  other,  more  popular  programming  in  order  to  free  capacity  for  the  required 
programming, which could make us less competitive. Moreover, if the FCC adopts rules that are not competitively neutral, 
cable operators could be placed at a disadvantage versus other video providers. 

The FCC recently took steps to relax its media ownership rules, including restrictions on the number of commonly owned 
television stations per market as well as on newspaper/broadcast and radio/television station cross-ownership. However, the 
FCC’s new rules were overturned by a Federal court, which remanded the matter to the FCC for further proceedings. We 
cannot predict the outcome of the ongoing reviews by the FCC and whether or to what extent any further revisions of the 
rules  by  the  FCC  or  the  courts  may  affect  our  operations  or  impose  costs  on  our  business.  Changes  to  relax  the  media 
ownership rules would likely lead to increased consolidation of the television broadcast stations and station groups, with a 
corresponding  increase  in  the  negotiating  leverage  that  broadcasters  and  station  groups  hold  in  retransmission  consent 
negotiations, thereby possibly increasing the amounts we pay to broadcasters for retransmission consent. 

Additional  government-mandated  broadcast  carriage  obligations,  including  those  related  to  the  FCC’s  newly  adopted 
enhanced technical broadcasting option (Advanced Television Systems Committee 3.0), could disrupt existing programming 
commitments and increase our costs of carrying such programming. 

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness 

We have incurred indebtedness, including in connection with various acquisitions, and the degree to which we are now 
leveraged may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations and cash flows. 

As of December 31, 2019, we had approximately $1.8 billion of outstanding indebtedness. 

Our  ability  to  make  payments  on  and  to  refinance  our  indebtedness,  including  the  debt  incurred  in  connection  with 
acquisitions, as well as any future debt that we may incur, will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future from 
operations,  financings  or  asset  sales.  Our  ability  to  generate  cash  is  subject  to  general  economic,  financial,  competitive, 
legislative, regulatory and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. 

26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The terms of our indebtedness restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to incur debt that we 
may need to fund initiatives in response to changes in our business, the industries in which we operate, the economy and 
governmental regulations. 

The  terms  of  our  indebtedness  include  a  number  of  restrictive  covenants  that  impose  significant  operating  and  financial 
restrictions on us and limit our ability to engage in actions that may be in our long-term best interests. These may restrict our 
ability to take some or all of the following actions: 

   ● 

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or sell disqualified or preferred stock; 

   ●  pay dividends on, make distributions in respect of, repurchase or redeem, capital stock; 

   ●  make acquisitions or investments; 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of certain assets; 

create or allow to exist liens; 

enter into sale/leaseback transactions; 

enter into agreements restricting the ability to pay dividends or make other intercompany transfers; 

consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our or our subsidiaries’ assets; 

enter into transactions with affiliates; 

   ●  prepay, repurchase or redeem certain kinds of indebtedness; 

   ● 

   ● 

issue or sell stock of our subsidiaries; and/or 

significantly change the nature of our business. 

As a result of all of these restrictions, we may be: 

   ● 

limited in how we conduct our business and pursue our strategy; 

   ●  unable to raise additional debt financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or 

   ●  unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. 

A breach of any of these covenants, if applicable, could result in an event of default under the terms of our indebtedness. If 
an event of default occurs, the lenders would have the right to accelerate the repayment of such debt and the event of default 
or acceleration may result in the acceleration of the repayment of any other of our debt to which a cross-default or cross-
acceleration  provision  applies.  Furthermore,  the  lenders  of  this  indebtedness  may  require  that  we  pledge  our  assets  as 
collateral as security for our repayment obligations. If we were unable to repay any amount of this indebtedness when due 
and  payable,  the  lenders  could  proceed  against  the  collateral  that  secures  this  indebtedness.  In  the  event  our  creditors 
accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we may not have sufficient assets to repay such indebtedness and our financial 
condition will be materially negatively affected. 

We have variable rate indebtedness that subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to 
increase significantly. 

As of the end of 2019, we had approximately $1.8 billion of outstanding term loans and an additional $343.3 million of 
undrawn revolving credit capacity with variable rates of interest that expose us to interest rate risks. If interest rates increase, 
our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remains the 
same, and our net income and cash flows will correspondingly decrease. In addition, we will be exposed to the risk of rising 
interest  rates  to  the  extent  that  we  fund  our  operations  with  additional  short-term  or  variable-rate  borrowings.  We  have 

27 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
entered  into  and  in  the  future  may  enter  into  additional  interest  rate  swaps  in  order  to  hedge  against  future  interest  rate 
volatility. We may elect not to maintain such interest rate swaps with respect to our variable rate indebtedness, if any, and 
any swaps we have entered into or may enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk. As a result, our financial 
condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially negatively affected. 

Our  ability  to  incur  future  indebtedness,  whether  for  general  corporate  purposes  or  for  acquisitions  and  strategic 
investments, may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. 

We may need to seek additional financing for our general corporate purposes or for acquisitions and strategic investments in 
the future. We may be unable to obtain additional indebtedness on terms favorable to us, or at all, including because of the 
terms of our current indebtedness. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our 
future  activities,  which  could  negatively  affect  our  business.  If  we  raise  additional  funds  through  the  issuance  of  equity 
securities, our stockholders could experience dilution of their ownership interest. If we raise additional funds by issuing debt, 
we may be subject to limitations on our operations due to restrictive covenants. 

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and the Securities Market 

Our stock price may fluctuate significantly, depending on many factors, some of which may be beyond our control. 

The  market  price  of  our  common  stock  may  fluctuate  significantly,  depending  on  many  factors,  some  of  which  may  be 
beyond our control, including: 

   ● 

   ● 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results due to factors related to our business; 

success or failure of our business strategies; 

   ●  our quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other companies in our industry; 

   ●  our ability to obtain financing as needed; 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, dispositions or strategic investments; 

changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations or principles; 

the failure of securities analysts to cover, or maintain coverage of, our common stock; 

changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our ability to meet those estimates; 

the operating and stock price performance of other comparable companies; 

investor perception of our Company and our industry; 

   ●  overall market fluctuations; 

   ● 

   ● 

   ● 

results from any material litigation or government investigation; 

changes in laws and regulations (including tax laws and regulations) affecting our business; 

changes in capital gains taxes and taxes on dividends affecting stockholders; and 

   ●  general economic conditions and other external factors. 

Low trading volume for our stock, which may occur if an active trading market is not sustained, among other reasons, would 
amplify the effect of the above factors on our stock price volatility. 

Stock markets in general can experience volatility that is unrelated to the operating performance of a particular company. 
These broad market fluctuations could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. 

28 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We cannot assure you that we will continue to pay dividends on our common stock, and our indebtedness limits our ability 
to pay dividends on our common stock. 

The timing, declaration, amount and payment of future dividends to stockholders falls within the discretion of our Board. 
Our Board’s decisions regarding the amount and payment of future dividends will depend on many factors, including our 
financial condition, earnings, capital requirements of our business and covenants associated with debt obligations, as well as 
legal requirements, regulatory constraints, industry practice and other factors that our Board deems relevant. There can be 
no assurance that we will continue to pay any dividend in the future. 

Your percentage ownership in our Company may be diluted in the future. 

Your percentage ownership in our Company may be diluted in the future because of equity awards granted, and that we 
expect to grant in the future, to our directors, officers and other associates. In addition, we may issue equity as all or part of 
the consideration paid for acquisitions and strategic investments that we may make in the future or as necessary to finance 
our ongoing operations. 

Certain provisions in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-laws and 
Delaware law may discourage takeovers and the concentration of ownership of our common stock will affect the voting 
results of matters submitted for stockholder approval. 

Several provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-laws and Delaware 
law may discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition that is opposed by our Board or certain stockholders holding a 
significant percentage of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock. These include provisions that: 

   ●  divide our Board into three classes of directors, standing for election on a staggered basis, such that only approximately 

one-third of the directors constituting our Board may change each year; 

   ●  do not permit our stockholders to act by written consent and require that stockholder action must take place at an 

annual or special meeting of our stockholders; 

   ●  provide that only our Chief Executive Officer and a majority of our directors, and not our stockholders, may call a 

special meeting of our stockholders; 

   ● 

require the approval of our Board or the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least 66 2/3% of the voting power 
of our capital stock to amend our Amended and Restated By-laws; and 

   ● 

limit our ability to enter into business combination transactions with certain stockholders. 

These and other provisions of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Amended and Restated By-laws and 
Delaware law may discourage, delay or prevent certain types of transactions involving an actual or a threatened acquisition 
or change in control of our Company, including unsolicited takeover attempts, even though the transaction may offer our 
stockholders the opportunity to sell their shares of our common stock at a price above the prevailing market price. 

ITEM 1B.  

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM 2.  

PROPERTIES 

Our headquarters is located in Phoenix, Arizona. The majority of the offices and headend facilities of our individual systems 
are located in buildings owned by us. 

29 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 3.  

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

In the ordinary course of business, we periodically receive claims from third parties alleging that our network and information 
technology  infrastructure  infringes  the  intellectual  property  rights  of  others.  We  have  generally  been  named  as  joint 
defendants in these suits together with other providers of data, video and voice services. Typically these claims allege that 
aspects  of  our  system  architecture,  electronic  program  guides,  modem  technology  or  VoIP  services  infringe  on  process 
patents held by third parties. In addition, we have been subject to various civil lawsuits in the ordinary course of business, 
including contract disputes, actions alleging negligence, invasion of privacy, violations of applicable wage and hour laws 
and statutory and common law claims involving various other matters. We do not view any of these proceedings as material 
to our business and are currently not subject to any other material legal proceedings. 

ITEM 4.  

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

30 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5.  

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER 
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market Information 

Our common stock is publicly traded under the ticker symbol “CABO” on the New York Stock Exchange. 

Holders 

As of February 21, 2020, there were approximately 716 holders of record of our common stock. 

Dividends 

We currently expect to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends on shares of our common stock, subject to approval of the 
Board. 

Performance Graph 

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return of our common stock between July 1, 2015 (the date 
our stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange) and December 31, 2019 with the cumulative total returns of the 
Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and a custom peer group index (the “Peer Group”). For purposes of this graph, it assumes 
a hypothetical $100 investment on July 1, 2015 and that dividends, if any, were reinvested. The Peer Group of data, video 
and voice services companies consists of Altice USA, Inc. (beginning June 22, 2017, when it first became a publicly-traded 
company); Charter Communications, Inc.; Comcast Corporation; and WideOpenWest, Inc. (beginning May 25, 2017, when 
it first became a publicly-traded company). 

31 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
The stock price performance shown on this graph is based on historical results and is not necessarily indicative of future 
stock price performance. The graph is furnished solely to accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not being filed 
for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that section, and shall not be 
deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the 
Exchange Act. 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer 

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the purchases of our common stock by us and any affiliated 
purchasers within the meaning of Rule 10b-18(a)(3) under the Exchange Act during the three months ended December 31, 
2019 (dollars in thousands, except per share data): 

Total Number of 
Shares 
Purchased as 
Part of Publicly  
Announced 
Plans or  
Programs (1) 

Approximate  
Dollar  
Value of Shares 
that May Yet Be 
Purchased 
Under the Plans 
or Programs 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased 

Average Price  
Paid Per 
Share 

Period 
October 1 to 31, 2019 (2) ..............................      
November 1 to 30, 2019 (2) ..........................      
December 1 to 31, 2019 ..............................      
Total ............................................................      
__________ 
(1)  On July 1, 2015, the Board authorized up to $250.0 million of share repurchases (subject to a total cap of 600,000 shares of common stock), which 
was announced on August 7, 2015. The authorization does not have an expiration date. Purchases under the share repurchase program may be made 
from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, 
including share price and business and market conditions. 

1,272.03       
1,566.24       
-       
1,493.38       

35     $ 
62     $ 
-     $ 
97     $ 

145,081   
145,081   
145,081   

-     $ 
-     $ 
-     $ 
-       

(2)  Represents shares withheld from associates to satisfy estimated tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted stock and/or 
exercises of stock appreciation rights under the Amended and Restated Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan. The average 
price  paid  per  share  for  the  common  stock  withheld  was  based  on  the  closing  price  of  our  common  stock  on  the  applicable  vesting  or  exercise 
measurement date. 

32 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
    
  
  
 
 
ITEM 6.  

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following table presents selected historical financial information. We derived the selected consolidated balance sheet 
information as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the selected consolidated statement of operations information for the 
years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in 
this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We derived the selected consolidated balance sheet information as of December 31, 2017, 
2016 and 2015, and the selected consolidated statement of operations information for the years ended December 31, 2016 
and 2015 from prior consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

The  selected  historical  financial  data  that  follows  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  audited  consolidated  financial 
statements and the accompanying notes thereto, and the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations,” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Further, the following factors 
may impact the cross-period comparability of the information provided in the following table: 

   ●  We acquired NewWave on May 1, 2017, Clearwave on January 8, 2019 and Fidelity on October 1, 2019. 

   ●  Financial information for 2019 reflects the adoption of the new lease accounting standard. Financial information for 
2019, 2018, 2017 and 2016 reflects our adoption of the new revenue recognition accounting standard on January 1, 
2018. 2015 was not recast to reflect the adoption of the new revenue recognition accounting standard. 

   ●  On January 1, 2017, we adopted a prospective change in estimate and change in accounting principle for capitalized 

labor costs. 

   ●  Prior to July 1, 2015, we were a separate wholly owned subsidiary of GHC. The consolidated statement of operations 
information for 2015 may not necessarily reflect what our financial position and results of operations would have 
been had we been a stand-alone entity for full year 2015, as such historical financial information includes allocations 
of certain GHC corporate expenses. We believe the assumptions and methodologies underlying the allocation of 
those expenses were reasonable. However, such expenses may not be indicative of the actual level of expense that 
we would have incurred if we had operated as a stand-alone entity. 

As of and for the Year Ended December 31, 
2017 

2018 

2019 

(in thousands, except per share data) 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Information 
Cash and cash equivalents ...................................    $  125,271     $  264,113     $  161,752     $  138,040     $  119,199   
Total assets ..........................................................    $  3,151,831     $  2,303,234     $  2,204,632     $  1,428,361     $  1,422,466   
Total debt, including finance lease obligations 
and excluding unamortized debt issuance 
costs .................................................................    $  1,758,988     $  1,180,251     $  1,194,642     $  545,284     $  549,051   
Total liabilities.....................................................    $  2,310,262     $  1,527,876     $  1,528,185     $  955,195     $  974,517   
Total stockholders’ equity ...................................    $  841,569     $  775,358     $  676,447     $  473,166     $  447,949   

2015 

2016 

Consolidated Statement of Operations  

Information 

Revenues .............................................................    $  1,167,997     $  1,072,295     $  959,956     $  819,348     $  807,266   
Net income ..........................................................    $  178,582     $  164,760     $  235,171     $  100,317     $ 
91,822   
Net income per common share: 

Basic ................................................................    $ 
Diluted .............................................................    $ 

31.45     $ 
31.12     $ 

28.98     $ 
28.77     $ 

41.40     $ 
40.92     $ 

17.47     $ 
17.38     $ 

15.69   
15.67   

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’  

Equity Information 

Dividends declared per common share ................    $ 

8.50     $ 

7.50     $ 

6.50     $ 

6.00     $ 

1.50   

33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
         
         
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
         
         
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 

OF OPERATIONS 

You  should  read  the  following  discussion  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  in  conjunction  with  our 
accompanying audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as 
well  as  the  discussion  in  the  section  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  entitled  “Business.”  This  discussion  contains 
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may vary materially from those expressed 
or implied by these forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in the sections of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K entitled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.” 

Overview  

We are a fully integrated provider of data, video and voice services in 21 Western, Midwestern and Southern states. We 
provide these broadband services to residential and business customers in more than 950 communities. The markets we serve 
are primarily non-metropolitan, secondary and tertiary markets, with 78% of our customers located in seven states: Arizona, 
Idaho, Illinois, Mississippi, Missouri, Oklahoma and Texas. Our biggest customer concentrations are in the Mississippi Gulf 
Coast region and in the greater Boise, Idaho region. We provided service to approximately 907,000 residential and business 
customers out of  approximately  2.3  million  homes  passed  as  of December  31, 2019.  Of  these  customers,  approximately 
773,000 subscribed to data services, 314,000 subscribed to video services and 139,000 subscribed to voice services. 

We generate substantially all of our revenues through four primary products. Ranked by share of our total revenues during 
2019, they are residential data (46.9%), residential video (28.7%), business services (data, voice and video – 17.5%) and 
residential voice (3.7%). The profit margins, growth rates and capital intensity of our four primary products vary significantly 
due to competition, product maturity and relative costs. 

In 2019, our Adjusted EBITDA margins for residential data and business services were approximately seven and nine times 
greater, respectively, than for residential video, compared to six and seven times greater, respectively, in 2018. The increases 
were due primarily to acquisitions made during 2019 as well as a continued decrease in residential video Adjusted EBITDA 
margins.  We  define  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin  for  a  product  line  as  Adjusted  EBITDA  attributable  to  that  product  line 
divided by revenue attributable to that product line (see “Use of Adjusted EBITDA” below for the definition of Adjusted 
EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP measure). 
This  margin  disparity  is  largely  the  result  of  significant  programming  costs  and  retransmission  fees  incurred  to  deliver 
residential video services, which in each of the last three years represented between 58% and 65% of total residential video 
revenues. None of our other product lines has direct costs representing as substantial a portion of revenues as programming 
costs and retransmission fees represent for residential video, and indirect costs are generally allocated on a per PSU basis. 

Beginning in 2013, we shifted our focus towards growing our higher margin businesses, namely residential data and business 
services, rather than our prior concentration on growing revenues through subscriber retention and maximizing customer 
PSUs. We adapted our strategy to face the industry-wide trends of declining profitability of residential video services and 
declining revenues from residential voice services. The declining profitability of residential video services is primarily due 
to increasing programming costs and retransmission fees and competition from other content providers, and the declining 
revenues  from  residential  voice  services  are  primarily  due  to  the  increasing  use  of  wireless  voice  services  instead  of 
residential voice services. Separately, we have also focused on retaining customers who are likely to produce higher relative 
value over the life of their service relationships with us, are less attracted by discounting, require less support and churn less. 
This strategy focuses on increasing Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures and margins. 

Excluding the effects of our recent acquisitions, the trends described above have impacted our four primary product lines in 
the following ways: 

   ●  Residential data. We have experienced growth in residential data customers and revenue every year since 2013. We 
expect this growth to continue as our upgrades in broadband capacity, ability to offer higher access speeds than many 
of  our  competitors  and  Wi-Fi  support  service  will  enable  us  to  capture  additional  market  share  from  both  data 
subscribers who use other providers as well as households in our footprint that do not yet subscribe to data services 
from any provider. 

34 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   ●  Residential video. Residential video service is an increasingly costly and fragmenting business, with programming 
costs and retransmission fees continuing to escalate in the face of a proliferation of streaming content alternatives. We 
intend to continue our strategy of focusing on the higher-margin businesses of residential data and business services 
while de-emphasizing our residential video business. As a result, we expect that residential video revenues from our 
existing customer base will decline further in the future. 

   ●  Residential voice. We have experienced declines in residential voice customers as a result of consumers in the United 
States deciding to terminate their residential voice services and exclusively use wireless voice services. We believe 
this trend will continue because of competition from wireless voice service providers. Revenues from residential voice 
customers have declined over recent years, and we expect this decline will continue. 

   ●  Business services. We have experienced significant growth in business data customers and revenues, and we expect 
this  growth  to  continue.  We  attribute  this  growth  to  our  strategic  focus  on  increasing  sales  to  business  customers 
and our  efforts  to  attract  enterprise  business  customers.  Margins  for  products  sold  to  business  customers  have 
remained attractive, which we expect will continue. 

We continue to experience increased competition, particularly from telephone companies, cable and municipal overbuilders, 
OTT video providers and DBS television providers. Because of the levels of competition we face, we believe it is important 
to make investments in our infrastructure. In addition, a key objective of our capital allocation process is to invest in initiatives 
designed to drive revenue and Adjusted EBITDA expansion. Over the last three years, more than 50% of our total capital 
expenditures have been focused on infrastructure improvements that were intended to grow these measures. We continue to 
invest capital to, among other things, increase our plant  and data capacities as well as network reliability. We offer Gigabit 
data service to over 97% of our homes passed, and we have begun deploying DOCSIS 3.1 to further increase our network 
capacity and enable future growth in our residential data and business services product lines. 

We expect to continue to devote financial resources to infrastructure improvements, including in certain of the new markets 
we have acquired, because we believe these investments are necessary to continually meet our customers' needs and to remain 
competitive.  The  capital  enhancements  associated  with  acquired  operations  include  rebuilding  low  capacity  markets; 
reclaiming bandwidth from analog video services; implementing 32-channel bonding; deploying DOCSIS 3.1; converting 
back office functions such as billing, accounting and service provisioning; migrating products to legacy Cable One platforms; 
and expanding our high-capacity fiber network. 

Our primary goals are to continue growing residential data and business services, to increase profit margins and to deliver 
strong Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures. To achieve these goals, we intend to continue 
our disciplined cost management approach, remain focused on customers with expected higher relative value and follow 
through with further planned investments in broadband plant upgrades, including the deployment of DOCSIS 3.1 capabilities 
and new data service offerings for residential and business customers. 

On May 1, 2017, we acquired NewWave, a provider of data, video and voice services to residential and business customers 
throughout non-urban areas of Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri and Texas. We paid a purchase 
price  of  $740.2  million  in  cash  on  a  debt-free  basis.  In  connection  with  the  transaction,  we  amended  our  existing  credit 
agreement and incurred $750.0 million of senior secured loans which were used to finance the acquisition, repay in full our 
then-existing term loan and pay related fees and expenses. 

On January 8, 2019, we acquired Clearwave, a facilities-based service provider that owns and operates a high-capacity fiber 
network offering dense regional coverage in Southern Illinois. We paid a purchase price of $358.8 million in cash on a debt-
free basis. The acquisition provides us with a premier fiber network within our existing footprint, further enables us to supply 
our customers with enhanced business services solutions and provides a platform to allow us to replicate Clearwave’s strategy 
in several of our other markets. The all-cash transaction was funded through a combination of cash on hand and proceeds 
from new indebtedness. 

On  October  1,  2019, we  acquired  the data,  video  and  voice  business  and  certain related  assets of  Fidelity,  a provider  of 
connectivity services to residential and business customers throughout Arkansas, Illinois, Louisiana, Missouri, Oklahoma 
and Texas. We paid a purchase price of $531.4 million in cash on a debt-free basis, after customary post-closing adjustments. 
Cable One and Fidelity share similar strategies, customer demographics and products. We believe the acquisition provides 
us  opportunities  for  revenue  growth  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin  expansion  as  well  as  the  potential  to  realize  cost 
synergies. The all-cash transaction was funded through a combination of cash on hand and proceeds from new indebtedness. 

35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
Refer to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018 for discussion and analysis of our financial 
condition  and results  of  operations  for 2018  compared  to  2017  contained  in  “Management’s  Discussion and  Analysis  of 
Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” 

Throughout  this  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,”  all  totals, 
percentages and year-over-year changes are calculated using exact numbers. Minor differences may exist due to rounding. 

Results of Operations 

Adoption of New Lease Accounting Standard 

We adopted the new lease accounting standard, Accounting Standards Codification Topic 842 - Leases, effective January 1, 
2019, using the “Comparatives Under 840 Option” approach to transition. The adoption resulted in the recognition of right-
of-use assets and lease liabilities for substantially all leases within the consolidated balance sheet. No prior period amounts 
were retroactively adjusted as a result of the adoption. Refer to notes 2 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements for 
additional details. 

PSU and Customer Counts 

The following table provides an overview of selected subscriber data for the time periods specified (in thousands, except 
percentages): 

   As of December 31, 
2018 

2019 

Residential data PSUs .................................................................      
Residential video PSUs (1) ...........................................................      
Residential voice PSUs ...............................................................      
Total residential PSUs .............................................................      

Business data PSUs (2) .................................................................      
Business video PSUs ...................................................................      
Business voice PSUs (3) ...............................................................      
Total business services PSUs ...................................................      

Total data PSUs ...........................................................................      
Total video PSUs .........................................................................      
Total voice PSUs .........................................................................      
Total PSUs ...............................................................................      

Residential customer relationships ..............................................      
Business customer relationships ..................................................      
Total customer relationships ....................................................      

695       
298       
105       
1,098       

78       
16       
35       
129       

773       
314       
139       
1,227       

822       
85       
907       

     Annual Net Gain/(Loss)    
     % Change   
     Change 
15.7  
(3.9) 
5.7  
8.7  

94      
(12)     
6      
88      

601       
310       
99       
1,010       

62       
16       
27       
105       

663       
326       
126       
1,115       

734       
71       
805       

16      
(0)     
8      
24      

110      
(12)     
13      
111      

88      
14      
102      

25.8  
(1.5) 
28.8  
22.4  

16.6  
(3.8) 
10.7  
10.0  

12.0  
20.2  
12.7  

__________ 
(1)  Residential video PSUs include all basic residential customers who receive video services and may have one or more digital set-top boxes or cable 

cards deployed. Residential bulk multi-dwelling accounts are included in our video PSUs at the individual unit level. 

(2)  Business data PSUs include commercial accounts that receive data service via a modem and commercial accounts that receive data services via fiber 

optic connections. 

(3)  Business voice customers who have multiple voice lines are only counted once in the PSU total. 

In recent years, our customer mix has shifted, causing subscribers to move from triple-play packages combining data, video 
and  voice  services  to  single  and  double-play  packages.  This  is  largely  because  some  residential  video  customers  have 
defected to DBS services and OTT offerings and households continue to discontinue residential voice service. In addition, 
we have focused on selling data-only packages to new customers rather than cross-selling video to these customers. 

36 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
      
        
        
      
  
  
      
        
        
      
  
  
      
        
        
      
  
  
  
 
 
 
2019 Compared to 2018 

Revenues  

Revenues increased $95.7 million, or 8.9%, due primarily to increases in residential data and business services revenues of 
$54.4 million and $48.5 million, respectively. The increase was the result of organic growth in our higher margin product 
lines  of  residential  data  and  business  services,  the  acquired  Fidelity  and  Clearwave  operations,  a  residential  video  rate 
adjustment and the implementation of modem rental charges to certain business customers, partially offset by decreases in 
residential video and other revenues. 

Revenues by service offering were as follows for 2019 and 2018, together with the percentages of total revenues that each 
item represented for the years presented (dollars in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

2019 

Residential data ...........................     $  547,240       
335,190       
Residential video .........................       
43,521       
Residential voice .........................       
204,500       
Business services .........................       
Other ............................................       
37,546       
Total revenues .............................     $  1,167,997       

2018 
   Revenues      % of Total      Revenues      % of Total      $ Change      % Change   
11.0  
(2.4) 
5.4  
31.1  
(3.4) 
8.9  

46.9     $  492,816       
343,384       
28.7       
41,278       
3.7       
155,952       
17.5       
38,865       
3.2       
100.0     $  1,072,295       

54,424      
(8,194)     
2,243      
48,548      
(1,319)     
95,702      

46.0     $ 
32.0       
3.8       
14.5       
3.7       
100.0     $ 

2019 vs. 2018 

Average monthly revenue per unit (“ARPU”) for the indicated service offerings were as follows for 2019 and 2018: 

Year Ended  
December 31, 

2019 

2018 

2019 vs. 2018 
     $ Change      % Change   
4.6   
3.16       
7.5   
6.54       
12.2   
4.00       
17.1   
32.37       

Residential data (1) .......................................................................    $ 
Residential video (1) .....................................................................    $ 
Residential voice (1), (2) .................................................................    $ 
Business services (2), (3) ................................................................    $ 
__________ 
(1)  ARPU values represent the applicable annual residential service revenues (excluding installation and activation fees) divided by the corresponding 
average of the number of PSUs at the beginning and end of each year, divided by 12, except that for any new PSUs added as a result of an acquisition 
occurring during the year, the associated ARPU values represent the applicable residential service revenues (excluding installation and activation fees) 
divided by the pro-rated average number of PSUs during such period. 

71.86     $ 
93.51     $ 
36.86     $ 
221.90     $ 

68.70     $ 
86.97     $ 
32.86     $ 
189.53     $ 

(2)  The  increases  in  residential  voice  and  business  services  ARPU  from  the  prior  year  were  partially  a  result  of  certain  passthrough  fees  that  were 
historically reported on a net basis. Residential voice and business services ARPU for 2019 would have been $33.65 and $218.83, respectively, if 
reported on a comparable basis. 

(3)  ARPU values represent annual business services revenues divided by the average of the number of business customer relationships at the beginning 
and end of each year, divided by 12, except that for any new business customer relationships added as a result of an acquisition occurring during the 
year, the associated ARPU values represent business services revenues divided by the pro-rated average number of business customer relationships 
during such period. 

Residential data service revenues increased $54.4 million, or 11.0%, as a result of organic subscriber growth, three months 
of Fidelity operations, a reduction in package discounting and increased customer subscriptions to premium tiers. 

Residential video service revenues decreased $8.2 million, or 2.4%, due primarily to a 12.4% year-over-year decrease in 
legacy Cable One and NewWave residential video subscribers, partially offset by three months of Fidelity operations and a 
rate adjustment beginning in February 2019. 

Residential voice service revenues increased $2.2 million, or 5.4%, due primarily to three months of Fidelity operations and 
the recognition of certain passthrough fees that were historically reported on a net basis, partially offset by an 11.1% year-
over-year decrease in legacy Cable One and NewWave residential voice subscribers. 

Business  services  revenues  increased  $48.5  million,  or  31.1%,  due  primarily  to  the  acquired  Clearwave  and  Fidelity 
operations,  organic growth  in  our business data  and voice  services  to  small  and  medium-sized  businesses  and  enterprise 
customers, and implementation of modem rental charges to certain business customers during the first quarter of 2019. Total 
business customer relationships increased 20.2% year-over-year. 

37 

  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
Costs and Expenses  

Operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization) were $388.6 million for 2019 and increased $18.3 million, or 
4.9%, compared to 2018. Operating expenses as a percentage of revenues were 33.3% for 2019 compared to 34.5% for 2018. 
The  increase  in  operating  expenses  attributable  to  Clearwave  and  Fidelity  operations  was  $15.4  million.  Excluding  the 
expenses associated with Clearwave and Fidelity operations, operating expenses were $373.1 million for 2019, an increase 
of $2.9 million, or 0.8%, compared to 2018. The increase was due primarily to higher regulatory costs resulting from certain 
passthrough fees that were historically reported on a net basis, partially offset by lower programming expenses. Operating 
expenses  as  a percentage  of revenues,  excluding  the  impact  of  Clearwave  and  Fidelity operations, were 33.7% for  2019 
compared to 34.5% for 2018. 

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  increased  $22.9  million,  or  10.3%,  to  $245.1  million.  Selling,  general  and 
administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues were 21.0% and 20.7% for 2019 and 2018, respectively. The increase 
in selling, general and administrative expenses attributable to Clearwave and Fidelity operations was $9.8 million. Excluding 
the expenses associated with Clearwave and Fidelity operations, selling, general and administrative expenses increased $13.1 
million, or 5.9%, to $235.3 million due primarily to acquisition-related and rebranding costs incurred during 2019. Selling, 
general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues, excluding the impact of Clearwave and Fidelity operations, 
were 21.2% for 2019 compared to 20.7% for 2018. 

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $19.0 million, or 9.6%, including a $21.0 million increase attributable to 
Clearwave and Fidelity operations. As a percentage of revenues, depreciation and amortization expense was 18.6% for 2019 
compared to 18.4% for 2018. 

We  recognized  a  net  loss  on  asset  disposals  of  $7.2  million  in  2019  compared  to  $14.2  million  in  2018.  In  2019,  we 
recognized a gain on the sale of a non-operating property that housed our former headquarters, while the prior year included 
a write down of excess equipment and more asset disposals. 

Interest Expense 

Interest expense increased $11.3 million, or 18.7%, to $71.7 million, driven primarily by additional outstanding debt incurred 
in connection with the Clearwave and Fidelity acquisitions and interest rate swap settlements, partially offset by lower interest 
rates on variable rate term loans, including loans used to redeem $450.0 million of higher rate senior unsecured notes in the 
second quarter of 2019 (the “Note Redemption”). 

Other Income (Expense), Net 

We recognized other expense of $4.9 million during 2019, consisting primarily of a $6.5 million call premium related to the 
Note Redemption and $4.9 million of debt issuance cost write-offs and expenses associated with financing transactions (refer 
to note 9 to the consolidated financial statements for additional details), partially offset by interest and investment income. 
We recognized other income of $4.5 million during 2018, consisting primarily of interest and investment income. 

Income Tax Provision 

The income tax provision increased $8.0 million, or 17.0%, due primarily to an increase in taxable income of $21.8 million. 
Our effective tax rate was 23.6% and 22.3% for 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

Use of Adjusted EBITDA 

We use certain measures that are not defined by GAAP to evaluate various aspects of our business. Adjusted EBITDA is a 
non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered in addition to, not as superior to, or as a substitute for, net income 
reported in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is reconciled to net income below. 

Adjusted  EBITDA  is  defined  as  net  income  plus  interest  expense,  income  tax  provision,  depreciation  and  amortization, 
equity-based  compensation,  severance  expense,  loss  on  deferred  compensation,  acquisition-related  costs,  loss  on  asset 
disposals, system conversion costs, rebranding costs, other (income) expense and other unusual expenses, as provided in the 
following table. As such, it eliminates the significant non-cash depreciation and amortization expense that results from the 
capital-intensive nature of our business as well as other non-cash or special items and is unaffected by our capital structure 
or investment activities. This measure is limited in that it does not reflect the periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible 
and intangible assets used in generating revenues and our cash cost of debt financing. These costs are evaluated through other 
financial measures. 

38 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
We use Adjusted EBITDA to assess our performance. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA generally correlates to the measure 
used in the leverage ratio calculations under our senior credit facilities to determine compliance with the covenants contained 
in our credit agreement. Adjusted EBITDA is also a significant performance measure used by us in our annual incentive 
compensation program. Adjusted EBITDA does not take into account cash used for mandatory debt service requirements or 
other non-discretionary expenditures, and thus does not represent residual funds available for discretionary uses. 

(dollars in thousands) 
Net income ..................................................................................    $  178,582     $ 

2019 

Year Ended  
December 31, 

2019 vs. 2018 
     $ Change      % Change   
8.4  

13,822      

2018 
164,760    $ 

Plus:   Interest expense ................................................................      
Income tax provision ........................................................      
Depreciation and amortization ..........................................      
Equity-based compensation ..............................................      
Severance expense ............................................................      
Loss on deferred compensation ........................................      
Acquisition-related costs ..................................................      
Loss on asset disposals, net ..............................................      
System conversion costs ...................................................      
Rebranding costs ..............................................................      
Other (income) expense, net .............................................      

71,729       
55,233       
216,687       
12,300       
215       
400       
9,590       
7,187       
4,828       
7,294       
4,907       

60,415      
47,224      
197,731      
10,486      
2,347      
425      
1,773      
14,167      
5,037      
968      
(4,487)     

11,314      
8,009      
18,956      
1,814      
(2,132)     
(25)     
7,817      
(6,980)     
(209)     
6,326      
9,394      

18.7  
17.0  
9.6  
17.3  
(90.8) 
(5.9) 
NM  
(49.3) 
(4.1) 
NM  
(209.4) 

Adjusted EBITDA .......................................................................    $  568,952     $ 
__________ 
NM = Not meaningful. 

500,846    $ 

68,106      

13.6  

We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating our operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA and similar 
measures with  similar  titles  are  common measures used  by  investors, analysts  and peers  to  compare  performance  in our 
industry, although our measure of Adjusted EBITDA may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures reported 
by other companies. 

Financial Condition: Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Liquidity 

Our  primary  funding  requirements  are  for  our  ongoing  operations,  planned  capital  expenditures,  potential  business 
acquisitions and strategic investments, payments of quarterly dividends and share repurchases. We believe that existing cash 
balances, our senior credit facilities and operating cash flows will provide adequate support for these funding requirements 
over the next 12 months. However, our ability to fund operations, make planned capital expenditures, make future business 
acquisitions  and  strategic  investments,  pay  quarterly  dividends  and  make  share  repurchases  depends  on  future  operating 
performance and cash flows, which, in turn, are subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and 
other factors, some of which are beyond our control. 

The following table shows a summary of our net cash flows for the years indicated (dollars in thousands): 

Year Ended  
December 31, 

2019 
491,741    $  407,769     $ 
Net cash provided by operating activities ....................................    $ 
(214,295 )     
Net cash used in investing activities ............................................       (1,134,242)     
(91,113 )     
503,659      
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .....................      
102,361       
(138,842)     
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ........................      
264,113      
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ..........................      
161,752       
125,271    $  264,113     $ 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ....................................    $ 
__________ 
NM = Not meaningful. 

2018 

2019 vs. 2018 
     $ Change      % Change   
20.6  
NM  
NM  
(235.6) 
63.3  
(52.6) 

83,972      
(919,947)     
594,772      
(241,203)     
102,361      
(138,842)     

39 

  
  
  
    
  
  
    
  
       
         
      
      
  
  
       
         
      
      
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
    
  
  
The  $84.0  million  year-over-year  increase  in  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  was  primarily  attributable  to  an 
increase in Adjusted EBITDA of $68.1 million and an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities versus a decrease 
in  the  prior  year,  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  cash  paid  for  interest  as  well  as  the  Note  Redemption  call  premium, 
acquisition-related costs and rebranding costs. 

The $919.9 million increase in net cash used in investing activities from the prior year was due primarily to the Clearwave 
and Fidelity acquisitions during 2019 and higher capital expenditures. 

The $594.8 million change in net cash provided by financing activities from the prior year was primarily a result of proceeds 
from the issuance of new debt incurred during 2019 and fewer share repurchases, partially offset by higher payments on 
long-term debt, including $450.0 million used for the Note Redemption and the refinancing of a $234.4 million term loan, 
and higher payments of debt issuance costs. 

On July 1, 2015, the Board authorized up to $250.0 million of share repurchases (subject to a total cap of 600,000 shares of 
our common stock). Purchases under the share repurchase program may be made from time to time on the open market and 
in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of these purchases are based on a number of factors, including share 
price and business and market conditions. Since the inception of the share repurchase program through the end of 2019, we 
have repurchased 210,631 shares of our common stock at an aggregate cost of $104.9 million. During the first quarter of 
2019, we repurchased 5,984 shares at an aggregate cost of $5.1 million. 

We currently expect to continue to pay quarterly cash dividends on shares of our common stock, subject to approval of the 
Board. During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Board approved a quarterly dividend of $2.25 per share of common stock, 
which was paid on December 6, 2019. On February 4, 2020, the Board approved a quarterly dividend of $2.25 per share of 
common stock to be paid on March 6, 2020 to holders of record as of February 18, 2020. 

Financing Activity 

As of December 31, 2019, we had an aggregate of approximately $1.8 billion of outstanding term loan borrowings, $6.7 
million  of  letter  of  credit  issuances  and  $343.3  million  available  for  borrowing  under  our  revolving  credit  facility  (the 
“Revolving Credit Facility”). 

The Revolving Credit Facility gives us the ability to issue letters of credit, which reduce the amount available for borrowing 
under the Revolving Credit Facility. At December 31, 2019, letter of credit issuances under the Revolving Credit Facility 
were  held  for  the  benefit  of  certain  general  and  liability  insurance  matters  and  other  performance  obligations  under 
government grant programs and bore interest at a rate of 1.63% per annum. We are required to pay commitment fees on any 
unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility at a rate between 0.20% per annum and 0.30% per annum, determined on a 
quarterly basis by reference to a pricing grid based on our total net leverage ratio. 

A summary of our outstanding term loans as of December 31, 2019 is as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Instrument 

Draw 
Date(s) 

Original 
Principal 

Amortization 
Per Annum (1)      

Outstanding  
Principal 

Final  
Maturity  
Date 

Balance  
Due Upon 
Maturity 

Term Loan A-2 ...    5/8/2019 (3)    $ 
  10/1/2019 (3)     

700,000        Varies (4) 

    $ 

694,045    5/8/2024    $ 

513,945   

Benchmark  
Rate 
LIBOR 

Applicable  
Margin (2)      
1.50% 

Interest  
Rate 
       3.30%    

Term Loan B-1 ...    5/1/2017 
Term Loan B-2 ...    1/7/2019 
Term Loan B-3 ...    6/14/2019      

500,000       
250,000       
325,000       
Total ...............................     $  1,775,000       

1.0% 
1.0% 
1.0% 

487,500    5/1/2024      
248,125    1/7/2026      
323,375    1/7/2026      

466,250   
233,125   
303,875   
  $  1,517,195     

      $ 

1,753,045     

LIBOR 
LIBOR 
LIBOR 

1.75% 
2.00% 
2.00% 

       3.55%    
       3.80%    
       3.80%    

__________ 
(1)  Payable in equal quarterly installments (expressed as a percentage of the original principal amount). All loans may be prepaid at any time without 

penalty or premium (subject to customary London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) breakage provisions). 

(2)  The Term Loan A-2 interest rate spread can vary between 1.25% and 1.75%, determined on a quarterly basis by reference to a pricing grid based on 

our total net leverage ratio. All other applicable margins are fixed. 

(3)  On May 8, 2019, $250.0 million was drawn. On October 1, 2019, an additional $450.0 million was drawn. 
(4)  Per annum amortization rates for years one through five following the closing date are 2.5%, 2.5%, 5.0%, 7.5% and 12.5%, respectively. 

In connection with various financing transactions completed during 2019, we incurred $11.8 million of debt issuance costs. 
We also wrote-off $4.2 million of existing unamortized debt issuance costs, including $3.8 million associated with the Note 
Redemption. We recorded debt issuance cost amortization of $4.6 million and $4.2 million for 2019 and 2018, respectively. 
These amounts are reflected within interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 
Unamortized debt issuance costs totaled $20.6 million and $17.6 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, of 

40 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
      
  
  
    
      
    
    
      
    
      
    
    
        
    
  
which $2.4 million and zero are reflected within other noncurrent assets, respectively, and $18.1 million and $17.6 million 
are reflected as reductions to long-term debt, respectively in the consolidated balance sheets. 

We were in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2019. 

During the first quarter of 2019, we entered into two interest rate swap agreements in order to convert our interest payment 
obligations with respect to an aggregate of $1.2 billion of our variable rate LIBOR indebtedness to a fixed rate. Under the 
first swap agreement, with respect to a notional amount of $850.0 million, our monthly payment obligation is determined at 
a fixed base rate of 2.653%. Under the second swap agreement, which is a forward-starting swap with respect to a notional 
amount of $350.0 million, our monthly payment obligation beginning in June 2020 is determined at a fixed base rate of 
2.739%. Both interest rate swap agreements are scheduled to mature in the first quarter of 2029 but may be terminated prior 
to their scheduled maturities at our election or that of the counterparty as provided in each swap agreement. We recognized 
a loss of $3.1 million on the interest rate swaps for 2019, which was reflected in interest expense within the consolidated 
statement of operations and comprehensive income. 

Refer  to  notes  9  and  11  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  additional  details  regarding  our  financing  activity, 
outstanding debt and interest rate swaps. 

Capital Expenditures  

We  have  significant  ongoing  capital  expenditure  requirements  as  well  as  capital  enhancements  associated  with  acquired 
operations, including rebuilding low capacity markets; reclaiming bandwidth from analog video services; implementing 32-
channel  bonding;  deploying  DOCSIS  3.1;  converting  back  office  functions  such  as  billing,  accounting  and  service 
provisioning; migrating products to legacy Cable One platforms; and expanding our high-capacity fiber network. Capital 
expenditures are funded primarily by cash on hand and cash flows from operating activities. 

The  following  table  presents  our  capital  expenditures  by  category for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2019  and  2018  (in 
thousands): 

   Year Ended December 31, 

2019 

2018 

Customer premise equipment .........................................................................................    $ 
Commercial ....................................................................................................................      
Scalable infrastructure ....................................................................................................      
Line extensions ...............................................................................................................      
Upgrade/rebuild ..............................................................................................................      
Support capital................................................................................................................      
Total ............................................................................................................................    $ 

57,378     $ 
45,424       
44,823       
17,469       
37,144       
60,114       
262,352     $ 

56,500   
9,832   
46,176   
16,381   
30,081   
58,796   
217,766   

Contractual Obligations and Contingent Commitments 

The following table summarizes our outstanding contractual obligations as of December 31, 2019 (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31,    
2020 ......................................    $ 
2021 ......................................      
2022 ......................................      
2023 ......................................      
2024 ......................................      
Thereafter .............................      
Total ..............................    $ 

Programming 
Purchase  
Commitments(1)     

Lease  
Payments(2) 

Debt  
Payments(3) 

Other  
Purchase 

Obligations(4)      

Total 

187,427     $ 
106,055       
18,688       
10,699       
8,074       
3,398       
334,341     $ 

6,221     $ 
4,956       
3,878       
3,452       
2,027       
11,566       
32,100     $ 

28,321     $ 
37,106       
54,677       
81,033       
1,009,158       
542,750       
1,753,045     $ 

28,955     $ 
12,946       
4,253       
2,072       
828       
4,625       
53,679     $ 

250,924   
161,063   
81,496   
97,256   
1,020,087   
562,339   
2,173,165   

__________ 
(1)  Programming purchase commitments represent contracts that we have with cable television networks and broadcast stations to provide programming 
services to our subscribers. The amounts reported represent estimates of the future programming costs for these purchase commitments based on 
estimated subscriber numbers, tier placements as of December 31, 2019 and the per-subscriber rates contained in the contracts. Actual amounts due 
under  such  contracts  may  differ  from  the  amounts  above  based  on  the  actual  subscriber  numbers  and  tier  placements  at  the  time.  Programming 
purchases pursuant to non-binding commitments are not reflected in the amounts shown. 

(2)  Lease payments include payment obligations related to our outstanding finance and operating lease arrangements as of December 31, 2019. 

41 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
(3)  Debt payments include principal repayment obligations for our outstanding debt instruments as of December 31, 2019. 
(4)  Other purchase obligations include purchase obligations related to capital projects and other legally binding commitments. Other purchase orders 
made in the ordinary course of business are excluded from the amounts shown but are included within accounts payable and accrued liabilities in our 
consolidated balance sheet. 

We incur the following costs as part of our operations, however, they are not included within the contractual obligations table 
above for the reasons discussed below: 

   ●  We  rent  space  on  utility  poles  in  order  to  provide  our  services  to  certain  subscribers.  Generally,  pole  rentals  are 
cancellable on short notice. However, we anticipate that such rentals will recur. Rent expense for pole attachments 
was $9.5 million and $8.9 million for 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

   ●  Fees imposed on us by various governmental authorities, including franchise fees, are passed through monthly to our 
customers and are periodically remitted to authorities. These fees were $22.7 million and $16.1 million for 2019 and 
2018, respectively. As we act as principal in these arrangements, these fees are reported in video and voice revenues 
on a gross basis with corresponding expenses included within operating expenses in the consolidated statements of 
operations and comprehensive income. 

   ●  We  have  franchise  agreements  requiring  plant  construction  and  the  provision  of  services  to  customers  within  the 
franchise areas. In connection with these obligations under existing franchise agreements, we obtain surety bonds or 
letters of credit guaranteeing performance to municipalities and public utilities and payment of insurance premiums. 
Such surety bonds and letters of credit totaled $18.3 million and $13.3 million as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, 
respectively. Payments under these arrangements are required only in the remote event of nonperformance. We do not 
expect that these contingent commitments will result in any amounts being paid. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or financing arrangements with special-purpose entities. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates, 
assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. On an ongoing basis, 
we evaluate our estimates and assumptions. We base our estimates on historical experience and other assumptions believed 
to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value 
of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from these estimates. 

An accounting policy is considered to be critical if it is important to our results of operations and financial condition and if 
it  requires  management’s  most  difficult,  subjective  and  complex  judgments  in  its  application.  For  a  summary  of  all  our 
significant accounting policies, see note 2 of the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Long-lived Assets 

A long-lived asset or asset group is tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount may not be recoverable. Indicators of impairment may include: 

   ● 

   ● 

a significant decrease in the market value of the asset; 

a significant change in the extent or manner in which an asset is used or a significant change in the physical condition 
of the asset; 

   ● 

a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate that could affect the value of an asset, including 
an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; 

42 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   ● 

   ● 

an accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected to acquire or construct an asset; 

a current period operating or cash flow loss combined with a history of operating or cash flow losses or a projection 
or forecast that demonstrates continuing losses associated with an asset; and 

   ● 

a current expectation that, more likely than not, an asset will be sold or otherwise disposed of significantly before the 
end of its estimated useful life. 

When an indicator of impairment is determined, the first step is to identify the future intent of the asset or asset group: hold 
for continued use, hold for sale or dispose by a means other than sale. If the asset is held for continued use and the carrying 
amount exceeds the undiscounted sum of cash flows expected from the use and eventual disposition of the property, the 
impairment loss is recognized as the difference between the carrying amount and the estimated fair value of the asset or asset 
group, and the new cost basis is depreciated over the remaining useful life of the asset. If the intent is to hold the asset for 
sale  and  certain  other  criteria  are  met  (e.g.,  the  asset  can  be  disposed  of  currently,  appropriate  levels  of  authority  have 
approved  the  sale  and  there  is  an  active  program  to  locate  a  buyer),  the  impairment  test  involves  comparing  the  asset’s 
carrying  value  to  its  estimated  fair  value  less  disposal  costs.  To  the  extent  the  carrying  value  is  greater  than  the  asset’s 
estimated fair value less disposal costs, an impairment charge is recognized for the difference. If the asset is to be disposed 
by a means other than sale, the depreciation estimates are revised to reflect the use of the asset over its shortened useful life. 

Significant judgments in this area involve determining whether an event has occurred, determining the future cash flows for 
the assets involved and selecting the appropriate discount rate to be applied in determining estimated fair value. 

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 

We  have  a  significant  amount  of  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  that  are  reviewed  at  least  annually  for 
impairment. These balances were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets ............................................................    $ 
Total assets ....................................................................................................................    $ 
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets as a percentage of total assets .............      

As of December 31, 

2019 
1,414,668  
3,151,831  

  $ 
  $ 
44.9%     

2018 

984,500   
2,303,234   

42.7 % 

Goodwill. Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of identifiable net assets 
acquired in a business combination and represents the future economic benefits expected to arise from anticipated synergies 
and intangible assets acquired that do not qualify for separate recognition, including an assembled workforce, noncontractual 
relationships and other agreements. We assess the recoverability of our goodwill as of October 1st of each year, or more 
frequently whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a reporting unit 
may exceed its fair value. Beginning on October 1, 2019, we prospectively changed the annual goodwill impairment testing 
date  from  November  30th  to  October  1st.  The  voluntary  change  was  to  better  align  our  goodwill  impairment  testing 
procedures with our annual planning and budgeting process. This change did not delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment 
loss, nor did the change have a cumulative effect on pre-tax income, net income, retained earnings or net assets. 

We test goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. To determine our reporting units, we evaluate the components 
one level below the segment level and we aggregate the components if they have similar economic characteristics. As a result 
of this assessment, our reporting units are established at the geographic division level. We evaluate the determination of our 
reporting units used to test for impairment periodically or whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances occur. 
The  assessment  of  recoverability  may  first  consider  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  the  existence  of  events  or 
circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its 
carrying  amount.  A  quantitative  assessment  is  performed  if  the  qualitative  assessment  results  in  a  more-likely-than-not 
determination or if a qualitative assessment is not performed. The quantitative assessment considers whether the carrying 
amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. Any excess amount is recorded as an impairment charge in the current 
period (limited to the amount of goodwill recorded). Based on the results of the 2019 qualitative assessment, we concluded 
that it was more likely than not that the fair value of goodwill for each geographic reporting unit exceeded its carrying value 
and, therefore, we did not perform any quantitative analyses and no impairment charges were recorded. 

43 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets. Our intangible assets with an indefinite life are from franchise agreements that we have 
with state and local governments and the Clearwave trade name. Franchise agreements allow us to contract and operate our 
business within specified geographic areas. We expect our franchise agreements to provide us with substantial benefit for a 
period  that  extends  beyond  the  foreseeable  horizon,  and  we  have  historically  obtained  renewals  and  extensions  of  such 
agreements without material modifications to the agreements for nominal costs, and these costs are expensed as incurred. 
We group the recorded values of our various franchise agreements into geographic divisions or units of account. We currently 
expect to utilize the Clearwave trade name for a period that extends beyond the foreseeable horizon and expect the cost to 
maintain such asset to be nominal. 

We  assess  the  recoverability  of  our  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  as  of  October  1st  of  each  year,  or  more  frequently 
whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. We evaluate the unit of 
account used to test for impairment periodically or whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances occur to ensure 
impairment  testing  is  performed  at  an  appropriate  level.  The  assessment  of  recoverability  may  first  consider  qualitative 
factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its 
carrying  amount.  A  quantitative  assessment  is  performed  if  the  qualitative  assessment  results  in  a  more-likely-than-not 
determination or if a qualitative assessment is not performed. When performing a quantitative assessment, we estimate the 
fair value of our franchise agreements primarily based on a multi-period excess earnings method (“MPEEM”) analysis and 
we estimate the fair value of the Clearwave trade name primarily based on a relief-from-royalty analysis, both of which 
involve  significant  judgment.  When  analyzing  the  fair  values  indicated  under  the  MPEEM  analysis,  we  also  consider 
multiples of Adjusted EBITDA generated by the underlying assets, current market transactions and profitability information. 
If the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets were determined to be less than the carrying amount, we would 
recognize an impairment charge for the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of the assets. We 
performed  a  qualitative  assessment  of  franchise  agreements  associated  with  two  of  our  geographic  divisions  and  the 
Clearwave trade name in 2019. Based on the assessments, we concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value 
of  each  unit  of  account  exceeded  the  carrying  value  of  such  assets  and,  therefore,  we  did  not  perform  any  quantitative 
analyses.  We  performed  a  quantitative  assessment  of  franchise  agreements  associated  with  one  of  our  other  geographic 
divisions  in  2019  and  concluded  that  the  fair  value  of  the  unit  of  account  exceeded  its  carrying  value.  Therefore,  no 
impairment charges were recorded for any of our indefinite-lived intangible assets in 2019. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Our  industry  is  capital  intensive,  and  a  significant  portion  of  our  resources  is  spent  on  capital  activities  associated  with 
extending,  rebuilding  and  upgrading  our  network.  The  following  tables  present  certain  information  regarding  our  net 
property,  plant  and  equipment  and  our  cash  paid  for  property,  plant  and  equipment  for  the  periods  indicated  (dollars  in 
thousands): 

Property, plant and equipment, net ................................................................................    $ 
Total assets ....................................................................................................................    $ 
Property, plant and equipment, net as a percentage of total assets ................................      

As of December 31, 

2019 
1,201,271  
3,151,831  

  $ 
  $ 
38.1%     

2018 

847,979   
2,303,234   

36.8 % 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 .............................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2018 .............................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2017 .............................................................................................................................................................    $ 

Cash Paid for  
Property, 
Plant and 
Equipment 

257,841   
215,761   
175,196   

Property,  plant  and  equipment  represents  the  costs  incurred  in  the  design,  construction  and  implementation  of  plant, 
infrastructure and capacity improvements and upgrades. Costs associated with the installation and upgrade of services and 
the acquiring and deploying of customer premise equipment, including materials, internal and external labor costs and related 
indirect and overhead costs, are also capitalized. 

44 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
Capitalized  labor  costs  include  the  direct  costs  of  engineers  and  technical  personnel  involved  in  the  design  and 
implementation of plant and infrastructure; the costs of technicians involved in the installation and upgrades of services and 
customer premise equipment; and the costs of support personnel directly involved in capitalizable activities, such as project 
managers and supervisors. These costs are capitalized based on internally developed standards by position which are updated 
annually (or more frequently if required). These standards are developed utilizing a combination of actual costs incurred 
where applicable, survey information, operational data and management judgment. Overhead costs are capitalized based on 
standards  developed  from  historical  information.  Indirect  and  overhead  costs  include  payroll  taxes;  insurance  and  other 
benefits;  and  vehicle,  tool  and  supply  expense  related  to  installation  activities.  Costs  for  repairs  and  maintenance, 
disconnecting service or reconnecting service are expensed as incurred. 

The estimated useful lives assigned to our property, plant and equipment are reviewed on an annual basis or more frequently 
if circumstances warrant and such lives are revised to the extent necessary due to changing facts and circumstances. Any 
changes in estimated useful lives are reflected prospectively. 

Business Combination Purchase Price Allocation 

The  application  of  the  acquisition  method requires  the  allocation of  the  purchase  price  amongst  the acquisition  date  fair 
values of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Fair values are determined using the 
income approach, market approach and/or cost approach depending on the nature of the asset or liability being valued and 
the reliability of available information. The income approach estimates fair value by discounting associated lifetime expected 
future cash flows to their present value and relies on significant assumptions regarding future revenues, expenses, working 
capital levels and discount rates. The market approach estimates fair value by analyzing recent actual market transactions for 
similar assets or liabilities. The cost approach estimates fair value based on the expected cost to replace or reproduce the 
asset or liability and relies on assumptions regarding the occurrence and extent of any physical, functional and/or economic 
obsolescence. 

Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Pronouncements 

Recent  accounting  pronouncements  which  may  be  applicable  to  us  are  described  in  note  2  to  our  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

ITEM 7A.  

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Market risk is the potential loss arising from changes in market rates and prices. As of December 31, 2019, our market risk 
sensitive instruments consisted of our senior credit facilities and interest rate swaps, as each is described within the section 
entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Financial Condition: 
Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financing Activity” and notes 9 and 11 to the consolidated financial statements. None of 
these instruments were entered into for trading purposes and all instruments relate to the interest rate risk exposure category. 

Outstanding borrowings under our senior credit facilities, which bear interest, at our option, at a rate per annum determined 
by reference to either LIBOR or a base rate, in each case plus an applicable interest rate margin, were approximately $1.8 
billion at December 31, 2019. In March 2019, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement to effectively convert the 
variable rate interest to a fixed base rate of 2.653% for $850.0 million, or 48.5%, of such outstanding debt. Based on the 
principal  outstanding  under  our  senior  credit  facilities  with  exposure  to  LIBOR  at  December  31,  2019,  assuming, 
hypothetically,  that  the  LIBOR  applicable  to  the  senior  credit  facilities  was  100  basis  points  higher,  our  annual  interest 
expense would have increased $9.0 million. 

We have also entered into a second swap agreement, which is a forward-starting interest rate swap with respect to a notional 
amount of $350.0 million, pursuant to which our monthly payment obligation beginning in June 2020 is determined at a 
fixed base rate of 2.739%. Refer to note 11 to the consolidated financial statements for additional details. 

ITEM 8.  

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

Our consolidated financial statements, the related notes thereto and the report of the independent registered public accounting 
firm are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K beginning on page F-1 and are incorporated by reference herein. 

45 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
ITEM 9.  

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, 
has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-
15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2019, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report 
on  Form  10-K.  Based  on  such  evaluation,  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  have 
concluded that, as of the end of such period, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective in recording, 
processing, summarizing and reporting, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, information required 
to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act and were effective in ensuring 
that  information  required  to  be  disclosed  by  the  Company  in  the  reports  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act  is 
accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

There has been no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-
15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2019 that has materially affected, or is 
reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). The Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. 

The  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (i)  pertain  to  the 
maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets 
of  the  Company;  (ii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of 
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the 
Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) 
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the 
Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. 
Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

The Company’s management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of 
December  31,  2019.  In  making  this  assessment,  management  used  the  criteria  set  forth  in  Internal  Control—Integrated 
Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  The 
Company  acquired  Clearwave on  January  8,  2019  and  Fidelity on  October  1,  2019.  As  permitted  by  SEC  guidance,  the 
Company excluded from the scope of its assessment of internal control over financial reporting the operations and related 
assets  of  Clearwave  and  Fidelity.  Clearwave’s  total  tangible  assets  and  total  revenues  represented  4.5%  and  2.3%, 
respectively, of the Company’s total assets and revenues as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019. Fidelity’s total 
tangible assets and total revenues represented 6.3% and 2.7%, respectively, of the Company’s total assets and revenues as of 
and for the year ended December 31, 2019. Based on the results of this assessment, management has concluded that, as of 
December 31, 2019, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on these criteria. 

46 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 has been audited by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report beginning on page 
F-2 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

ITEM 9B.  

OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

47 

  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10.  

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required by this item will be included in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 
14A within 120 days after our year ended December 31, 2019 in connection with our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders 
(the “2020 Proxy Statement”), or in amendment to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 11.  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2020 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 12.  

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2020 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 13.  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2020 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14.  

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required by this item will be included in the 2020 Proxy Statement, or in amendment to this Annual Report 
on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. 

48 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
ITEM 15.  

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a) Documents filed as part of this report: 

PART IV 

   (1)  Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements listed on the index set forth on page F-1 of this Annual 

Report on Form 10-K are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

   (2)  Financial Statement Schedules. All financial statement schedules have been omitted since the information is either 

not applicable or required or is included in the financial statements or notes thereof. 

(b) Exhibits. 

Exhibit 
Number  Description 

2.1 

2.2 

2.3 

3.1 

3.2 

Separation  and  Distribution  Agreement,  dated  as  of  June  16,  2015,  by  and  between  Graham  Holdings 
Company and Cable One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 
8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 18, 2015). 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 17, 2017, by and among Cable One, Inc., RBI Holding 
LLC, Frequency Merger Sub, LLC, RBI Blocker Corp., RBI Blocker Holdings LLC, and GTCR-RBI, LLC, 
solely in its capacity as the equityholder representative (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K/A of Cable One, Inc. filed on January 20, 2017). 

Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  as  of  March  31,  2019,  by  and  among  Cable  One,  Inc.  and  Fidelity 
Communications Co. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 10, 2019). 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cable One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on July 1, 2015). 

Amended and Restated By-laws of Cable One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the 
Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on July 1, 2015). 

4.1 

Description of securities of Cable One, Inc. registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act.* 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

Tax Matters Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2015, by and between Graham Holdings Company and Cable 
One, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on June 18, 2015). 

Cable One, Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to 
the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 11, 2015).+ 

Cable One, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current 
Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on June 11, 2015).+ 

Form  of  Stock  Appreciation  Right  Agreement for  grants  during  2015  and  2016  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on August 10, 2015).+ 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for grants during 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.12 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2017).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  during  2017 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on March 1, 2017).+ 

49 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
 
 
Exhibit 
Number  Description 

10.7 

10.8 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based restricted stock grants during 2017 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 
2017).+ 

Second  Restatement  Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  8,  2019,  among  Cable  One,  Inc.,  its  wholly  owned 
subsidiaries, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 9, 
2019). 

10.9 

Amendment No. 1, dated as of November 15, 2019, to the Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement 
among Cable One, Inc., the lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.* 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

Amended and Restated Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Agreement for grants beginning in 2017 (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 4, 
2017).+ 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for grants during 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.17 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  during  2018 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based proportional-vest restricted stock grants during 
2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  time-based  cliff-vest  restricted  stock  grants  during  2018 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. 
filed on February 28, 2019).+ 

Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for grants in lieu of annual cash 
fees beginning in 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Annual Report on Form 10-
K of Cable One, Inc. filed on March 1, 2018).+ 

Steven S. Cochran Offer Letter dated July 2, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on November 8, 2018).+ 

Peter N. Witty Offer Letter dated February 12, 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Cable One, Inc. filed on May 10, 2019).+ 

Form  of  Stock  Appreciation  Right  Agreement for  grants  during  2019 (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.22 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, Inc. filed on February 28, 2019).+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  during 
2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on February 28, 2019).+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based proportional-vest restricted stock grants during 
2019 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cable One, 
Inc. filed on February 28, 2019).+ 

50 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Exhibit 
Number  Description 

10.22 

Form of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement for grants beginning in 2020.*+ 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  performance-based  restricted  stock  grants  beginning  in 
2020.*+ 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for time-based proportional-vest restricted stock grants beginning 
in 2020.*+ 

Form  of  Restricted  Stock  Award  Agreement  for  time-based  cliff-vest  restricted  stock  grants  beginning  in 
2020.*+ 

21.1 

List of subsidiaries of Cable One, Inc.* 

23.1 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.* 

24.1 

Power of Attorney (included on Signatures page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).* 

31.1 

31.2 

32 

Principal Executive Officer Certification required by Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 as adopted pursuant to Section 
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

Principal Financial Officer Certification required by Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14 as adopted pursuant to Section 
302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.* 

Certification  of  Principal  Executive  Officer  and  Principal  Financial  Officer pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section 
1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.** 

101.INS 

Inline XBRL Instance Document (the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because 
its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document). 

101.SCH 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.* 

101.CAL 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.* 

101.DEF 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.* 

101.LAB 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.* 

101.PRE 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.* 

104 

The cover page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, formatted in 
Inline XBRL (included within the Exhibit 101 attachments). 

__________ 
*  Filed herewith. 
**  Furnished herewith. 
+  Management contract or compensatory arrangement. 

ITEM 16.  

FORM 10-K SUMMARY 

None. 

51 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused 
this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

CABLE ONE, INC. 
(Registrant) 

Date: February 27, 2020 

By: 

/s/ Julia M. Laulis 
Julia M. Laulis 
  Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 

POWER OF ATTORNEY 

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Julia 
M. Laulis and Steven S. Cochran, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power 
of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any 
and all amendments to this Report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection 
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and 
authority to do and perform each and every act in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and 
agents or either of them or their or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

/s/ Julia M. Laulis 
Julia M. Laulis 

Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Date 

February 27, 2020 

/s/ Steven S. Cochran 
Steven S. Cochran 

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

February 27, 2020 

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) 

/s/ Brad D. Brian 
Brad D. Brian 

   Director 

/s/ Thomas S. Gayner 
Thomas S. Gayner 

   Director 

/s/ Deborah J. Kissire 
Deborah J. Kissire 

   Director 

/s/ Mary E. Meduski 
Mary E. Meduski 

/s/ Thomas O. Might 
Thomas O. Might 

/s/ Kristine E. Miller 
Kristine E. Miller 

/s/ Alan G. Spoon 
Alan G. Spoon 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

   Director 

/s/ Wallace R. Weitz 
Wallace R. Weitz 

   Director 

/s/ Katharine B. Weymouth    Director 
Katharine B. Weymouth 

S-1 

February 27, 2020 

February 27, 2020 

February 27, 2020 

February 27, 2020 

February 27, 2020 

February 27, 2020 

February 27, 2020 

February 27, 2020 

February 27, 2020 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ...................................................................................  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 .........................................................................  
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 

2018 and 2017 ...................................................................................................................................................  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 .......  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 ......................  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements ....................................................................................................  

Page 
F-2 
F-5 

F-6 
F-7 
F-8 
F-9 

F-1 

  
  
  
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Cable One, Inc. 

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cable One, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) 
as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, of 
stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, including the 
related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). We also have audited the Company's 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2019,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  - 
Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission 
(COSO). 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of 
the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control 
over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework 
(2013) issued by the COSO. 

Basis for Opinions 

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal 
control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, 
included  in  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting  appearing  under  Item  9A.  Our 
responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal 
control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company 
Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in 
accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the  audits  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  free  of  material 
misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained 
in all material respects. 

Our  audits  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that 
respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures 
in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our 
audit of  internal  control over  financial  reporting  included obtaining  an understanding of  internal  control over financial 
reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  and  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating 
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as 
we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Clearwave 
and Fidelity from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, because they were 
acquired by the Company in purchase business combinations during 2019. We have also excluded Clearwave and Fidelity 
from  our  audit  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Clearwave’s  total  assets  and  total  revenues  excluded  from 
management’s assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting represent 4.5% and 2.3%, respectively, 
of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019. Fidelity’s total 
assets and total revenues excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting 
represent 6.3% and 2.7%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended 
December 31, 2019. 

F-2 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and 
procedures  that  (i) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded 
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and 
that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and 
directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

Critical Audit Matters 

The  critical  audit  matters  communicated  below  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to 
accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  (ii)  involved  our  especially 
challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our 
opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit 
matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they 
relate. 

Capitalization of Internal Labor Costs 

As described in Notes 2 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, capitalized labor costs include the direct costs of 
engineers  and  technical  personnel  involved  in  the  design  and  implementation  of  plant  and  infrastructure;  the  costs  of 
technicians involved in the installation and upgrades of services and customer premise equipment; and the costs of support 
personnel  directly  involved  in  capitalizable  activities.  Standard  labor  costs  are  updated  annually  and  are  developed  by 
position utilizing a combination of actual costs incurred, survey information, and operational data. Capitalized labor costs 
represent a portion of the consolidated balance of property, plant and equipment, net of $1.2 billion as of December 31, 
2019. 

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to capitalization of internal labor 
costs is a critical audit matter are there was significant judgment by management in determining the standard labor costs; 
this in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing our audit procedures and in 
evaluating audit evidence relating to the calculation of internal labor costs to be capitalized.  

Addressing  the  matter  involved  performing  procedures  and  evaluating  audit  evidence  in  connection  with  forming  our 
overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls 
relating to capitalization of internal labor costs, including controls over the development of standard labor costs. These 
procedures also included, among others, evaluating and testing management’s process for developing standard labor costs 
by  position,  which  included  evaluating  and  testing  the  data  inputs  related  to  payroll  and  benefits  and  evaluating  the 
reasonableness and appropriateness of factors considered by management in the development of management’s estimated 
standard labor costs. 

Acquisition of Clearwave – Valuation of Acquired Customer Relationships Intangible Asset 

As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company completed the acquisition of Clearwave in 
2019 for net consideration of $358.8 million, which resulted in $89.7 million of intangible assets being recorded, of which 
$83.0 million related to customer relationships. Management recorded the customer relationships at fair value on the date 
of  the  acquisition  using  the multi-period  excess  earnings  method of  the  income  approach.  Significant  assumptions and 
estimates used in this method include projected revenue growth rates, future EBITDA margins, future capital expenditures, 
and the discount rate. 

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of the customer 
relationships intangible asset acquired in the acquisition of Clearwave is a critical audit matter are there was significant 
judgment by management when developing the fair value measurement of the intangible asset acquired; this in turn led to 
a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures to evaluate management’s fair value 

F-3 

  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
measurement and significant assumptions, including the future EBITDA margins and the discount rate. In addition, the 
audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in performing these procedures 
and evaluating the audit evidence obtained. 

Addressing  the  matter  involved  performing  procedures  and  evaluating  audit  evidence  in  connection  with  forming  our 
overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls 
relating to business combinations, including controls over management’s valuation of the intangible asset and controls over 
development of the assumptions related to the valuation of the intangible asset, including the future EBITDA margins and 
the  discount  rate.  These  procedures  also  included,  among  others  (i)  reading  the  purchase  agreement,  (ii)  testing 
management’s  process  for  estimating  the  fair  value  of  the  customer  relationships  intangible  asset,  (iii)  evaluating  the 
appropriateness  of  the  multi-period  excess  earnings  method  of the  income  approach,  (iv)  testing  the  completeness  and 
accuracy  of  the  underlying  data  used  in  the  method,  and  (v)  evaluating  the  reasonableness  of  significant  assumptions 
including the future EBITDA margins and the discount rate. Evaluating the reasonableness of the future EBITDA margins 
involved considering the past performance of the acquired business, as well as the comparable businesses, industry and 
peer data, and considering whether they were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. The discount 
rate was evaluated by considering the cost of capital of comparable businesses and other industry factors. Professionals 
with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the appropriateness of the multi-period excess 
earnings method of the income approach and certain significant assumptions, including the discount rate. 

Acquisition of Fidelity – Valuation of Acquired Customer Relationships and Franchise Rights Intangible Assets 

As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company completed the acquisition of Fidelity in 2019 
for net consideration of $531.4 million, which resulted in $288.0 million of intangible assets being recorded. The intangible 
assets  were  comprised  primarily  of  customer  relationships  of  $119.0  million  and  franchise  rights  of  $166.0  million. 
Management recorded the customer relationships and franchise rights at fair value on the date of the acquisition using the 
multi-period  excess  earnings  method  of  the  income  approach.  Significant  assumptions  and  estimates  used  in  this 
method include projected revenue growth rates, future EBITDA margins, future capital expenditures, and the discount rate. 

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of the customer 
relationships and franchise rights intangible assets acquired in the acquisition of Fidelity is a critical audit matter are there 
was  significant  judgment  by management when developing  the  fair value  measurements  of  customer  relationships  and 
franchise rights intangible assets acquired; this in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in 
performing  procedures  to  evaluate  management’s  fair  value  measurements  and  significant  assumptions,  including  the 
projected revenue growth rates, future EBITDA margins, future capital expenditures, and discount rate. In addition, the 
audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in performing these procedures 
and evaluating the audit evidence obtained. 

Addressing  the  matter  involved  performing  procedures  and  evaluating  audit  evidence  in  connection  with  forming  our 
overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls 
relating to business combinations, including controls over management’s valuation of the intangible assets and controls 
over  development  of  the  assumptions  related  to  the  valuation  of  the  intangible  assets,  including  the  projected  revenue 
growth  rates,  future  EBITDA  margins,  future  capital  expenditures,  and  discount  rate.  These  procedures  also  included, 
among others (i) reading the purchase agreement, (ii) testing management’s process for estimating the fair value of the 
customer relationships and franchise rights intangible assets, (iii) evaluating the appropriateness of the multi-period excess 
earnings method of the income approach, (iv) testing the completeness and accuracy of the underlying data used in the 
method, and (v) evaluating the reasonableness of significant assumptions including the projected revenue growth rates, 
future EBITDA  margins,  future  capital  expenditures,  and discount  rate. Evaluating  the  reasonableness  of  the projected 
revenue growth rates, future EBITDA margins, and future capital expenditures involved considering the past performance 
of the acquired business, as well as the comparable businesses, industry and peer data, and considering whether they were 
consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. The discount rate was evaluated by considering the cost of 
capital of comparable businesses and other industry factors. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used 
to assist in the evaluation of the appropriateness of the multi-period excess earnings method of the income approach and 
certain significant assumptions, including the discount rate.  

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 

Phoenix, Arizona 
February 27, 2020 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014. 

F-4 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(dollars in thousands, except par values) 
Assets 
Current Assets: 

December 31,  
2019 

December 31,  
2018 

Cash and cash equivalents ..........................................................................................    $ 
Accounts receivable, net .............................................................................................      
Income taxes receivable ..............................................................................................      
Prepaid and other current assets ..................................................................................      
Total Current Assets ................................................................................................      
Property, plant and equipment, net .................................................................................      
Intangible assets, net ......................................................................................................      
Goodwill .........................................................................................................................      
Other noncurrent assets ..................................................................................................      
Total Assets .............................................................................................................    $ 

125,271    $ 
38,452      
2,146      
15,619      
181,488      
1,201,271      
1,312,381      
429,597      
27,094      
3,151,831    $ 

264,113  
29,947  
10,713  
13,090  
317,863  
847,979  
953,851  
172,129  
11,412  
2,303,234  

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity 
Current Liabilities: 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ....................................................................    $ 
Deferred revenue ........................................................................................................      
Current portion of long-term debt ...............................................................................      
Total Current Liabilities ..........................................................................................      
Long-term debt ...............................................................................................................      
Deferred income taxes ....................................................................................................      
Other noncurrent liabilities .............................................................................................      
Total Liabilities .......................................................................................................      

136,993    $ 
23,640      
28,909      
189,542      
1,711,937      
303,314      
105,469      
2,310,262      

94,134  
18,954  
20,625  
133,713  
1,142,056  
242,127  
9,980  
1,527,876  

Commitments and contingencies (see note 16) 

Stockholders' Equity 

Preferred stock ($0.01 par value; 4,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or 

outstanding) .............................................................................................................      

-      

-  

Common stock ($0.01 par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 5,887,899 shares 

issued, and 5,715,377 and 5,703,402 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2019 
and 2018, respectively) ...........................................................................................      
Additional paid-in capital ...........................................................................................      
Retained earnings ........................................................................................................      
Accumulated other comprehensive loss ......................................................................      
Treasury stock, at cost (172,522 and 184,497 shares held as of December 31, 2019 

59      
51,198      
980,355      
(68,158)     

59  
38,898  
850,292  
(96) 

and 2018, respectively) ...........................................................................................      
Total Stockholders' Equity ......................................................................................      
Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity ..............................................................    $ 

(121,885)     
841,569      
3,151,831    $ 

(113,795) 
775,358  
2,303,234  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-5 

  
  
    
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
  
       
         
  
    
      
  
  
       
         
  
       
         
  
  
  
   
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

(dollars in thousands, except per share data) 
Revenues ...........................................................................................   $ 
Costs and Expenses: 

Operating (excluding depreciation and amortization) ....................     
Selling, general and administrative ................................................     
Depreciation and amortization .......................................................     
Loss on asset disposals, net ............................................................     
Total Costs and Expenses ...........................................................     
Income from operations .....................................................................     
Interest expense .................................................................................     
Other income (expense), net ..............................................................     
Income before income taxes ..............................................................     
Income tax provision (benefit) ..........................................................     
Net income ........................................................................................   $ 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 
1,072,295     $ 

2019 
1,167,997    $ 

2017 

959,956  

388,552      
245,120      
216,687      
7,187      
857,546      
310,451      
(71,729)     
(4,907)     
233,815      
55,233      
178,582    $ 

370,269       
222,216       
197,731       
14,167       
804,383       
267,912       
(60,415 )     
4,487       
211,984       
47,224       
164,760     $ 

337,040  
204,384  
181,619  
574  
723,617  
236,339  
(46,864) 
668  
190,143  
(45,028) 
235,171  

Net Income per Common Share: 

Basic ..............................................................................................   $ 
Diluted ...........................................................................................   $ 

31.45    $ 
31.12    $ 

28.98     $ 
28.77     $ 

41.40  
40.92  

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding: 

Basic ..............................................................................................     
Diluted ...........................................................................................     

5,678,990      
5,737,856      

5,684,375       
5,725,963       

5,680,073  
5,747,037  

Deferred gain (loss) on cash flow hedges and other, net of tax .........   $ 
Comprehensive income .....................................................................   $ 

(68,062)   $ 
110,520    $ 

256     $ 
165,016     $ 

94  
235,265  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-6 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
       
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
  
  
  
   
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

(dollars in thousands, except per     Common Stock 

share data) 

   Shares 

Balance at December 31, 2016 ..     5,708,223     $ 
-       
Net income ..................................     
Changes in pension, net of tax ....     
-       
-       
Equity-based compensation.........     
Issuance of equity awards, net of 

Additional 
Paid-In 
    Amount      Capital 
59     $ 
-       
-       
-       

    Retained     
    Earnings     

17,669     $  530,431    $ 
-        235,171      
-      
-       
-      
10,743       

Accumulated 
Other  
Comprehensive     
Loss 

Treasury 
Stock, 
     at cost 
(446)   $  (74,547)   $ 
-      
-      
-      

-      
94      
-      

Total  
Stockholders’   
Equity 

473,166  
235,171  
94  
10,743  

forfeitures ................................     
Repurchases of common stock ....     
Withholding tax for equity 

31,129       
(900 )     

awards .....................................     

(7,010 )     

Dividends paid to stockholders 

($6.50 per common share) .......     

-       
Balance at December 31, 2017 ..     5,731,442       
-       
Net income ..................................     
Changes in pension, net of tax ....     
-       
Equity-based compensation.........     
-       
Issuance of equity awards, net of 

forfeitures ................................     
Repurchases of common stock ....     
Withholding tax for equity 

20,800       
(38,814 )     

awards .....................................     

(10,026 )     

Dividends paid to stockholders 

-       
-       

-       

-       
59       
-       
-       
-       

-       
-       

-       

-       
-       

-       

-      
-      

-      

-        (37,216)     
28,412        728,386      
-        164,760      
-      
-       
-      
10,486       

-       
-       

-       

-      
-      

-      

-      
-      

-      
(528)     

-  
(528) 

-      

(4,983)     

(4,983) 

-      
(352)     
-      
256      
-      

-      
(80,058)     
-      
-      
-      

-      
-      

-      
(26,582)     

(37,216) 
676,447  
164,760  
256  
10,486  

-  
(26,582) 

-      

(7,155)     

(7,155) 

($7.50 per common share) .......     

-       
Balance at December 31, 2018 ..     5,703,402       
Lease accounting standard 
adoption cumulative 
adjustment ...............................     
Net income ..................................     
Deferred loss on cash flow 

-       

hedges and other, net of tax .....     
Equity-based compensation.........     
Issuance of equity awards, net of 

forfeitures ................................     
Repurchases of common stock ....     
Withholding tax for equity 

-       
-       

21,480       
(5,984 )     

awards .....................................     

(3,521 )     

Dividends paid to stockholders 

-       
59       

-        (42,854)     
38,898        850,292      

-      

-      
(96)      (113,795)     

(42,854) 
775,358  

8      
-        178,582      

-       
12,300       

-       
-       

-       

-      
-      

-      
-      

-      

-       

-       
-       

-       
-       

-       

-      

(68,062)     
-      

-      

-      
-      

-      
-      

-      
(5,073)     

8  
178,582  

(68,062) 
12,300  

-  
(5,073) 

-      

(3,017)     

(3,017) 

($8.50 per common share) .......     

-       
Balance at December 31, 2019 ..     5,715,377     $ 

-       
59     $ 

-        (48,527)     
51,198     $  980,355    $ 

-      

-      
(68,158)   $  (121,885)   $ 

(48,527) 
841,569  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-7 

  
    
    
    
  
        
        
        
       
       
  
  
   
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2019 

2017 

178,582    $ 

164,760     $ 

235,171  

(in thousands) 
Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income .....................................................................................   $ 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by 

operating activities: 
Depreciation and amortization ...................................................     
Amortization of debt issuance costs ...........................................     
Equity-based compensation ........................................................     
Write-off of debt issuance costs .................................................     
Increase (decrease) in deferred income taxes .............................     
Loss on asset disposals, net ........................................................     
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from 

acquisitions: 
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, net ......................     
(Increase) decrease in income taxes receivable ......................     
(Increase) decrease in prepaid and other current assets ..........     
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued 
liabilities .................................................................................     
Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue ..................................     
Other, net ................................................................................     
Net cash provided by operating activities ..........................................     

216,687      
4,646      
12,300      
4,210      
50,011      
7,187      

(3,520)     
8,567      
(462)     

16,452      
(1,432)     
(1,487)     
491,741      

197,731       
4,163       
10,486       
110       
34,973       
14,167       

(17 )     
10,618       
(2,192 )     

(27,853 )     
3,946       
(3,123 )     
407,769       

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired .................................     
Capital expenditures ......................................................................     
Change in accrued expenses related to capital expenditures ..........     
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment ..................     
Net cash used in investing activities ..................................................     

(883,440)     
(262,352)     
4,511      
7,039      
(1,134,242)     

-       
(217,766 )     
2,005       
1,466       
(214,295 )     

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt .....................................     
Payment of debt issuance costs ......................................................     
Payments on long-term debt ..........................................................     
Repurchases of common stock ......................................................     
Payment of withholding tax for equity awards ..............................     
Dividends paid to stockholders ......................................................     
Other ..............................................................................................     
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ...........................     

1,275,000      
(11,844)     
(702,880)     
(5,073)     
(3,017)     
(48,527)     
-      
503,659      

-       
(2,131 )     
(14,391 )     
(26,582 )     
(7,155 )     
(42,854 )     
2,000       
(91,113 )     

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ..............................     
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period ................................     
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period ..........................................   $ 

(138,842)     
264,113      
125,271    $ 

102,361       
161,752       
264,113     $ 

181,619  
3,174  
10,743  
613  
(87,223) 
574  

18,146  
(16,784) 
5,073  

6,874  
(20,547) 
(12,947) 
324,486  

(727,947) 
(179,363) 
4,167  
11,976  
(891,167) 

750,000  
(15,224) 
(100,642) 
(528) 
(4,983) 
(37,216) 
(1,014) 
590,393  

23,712  
138,040  
161,752  

Supplemental cash flow disclosures: 

Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest ...........................   $ 
Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds received .....................   $ 

67,907    $ 
(3,585)   $ 

56,412     $ 
1,811     $ 

43,327  
59,622  

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements. 

F-8 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
  
  
  
 
 
CABLE ONE, INC. 
 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

1.  

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS 

Cable  One,  Inc.,  together  with  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  (collectively,  “Cable  One”  or  the  “Company”),  is  a  fully 
integrated provider of data, video and voice services to residential and business subscribers in 21 Western, Midwestern and 
Southern U.S. states. At the end of 2019, Cable One provided service to approximately 907,000 residential and business 
customers, of which approximately 773,000 subscribed to data services, 314,000 subscribed to video services and 139,000 
subscribed to voice services. 

On May 1, 2017, the Company acquired RBI Holding LLC (“NewWave”) for a purchase price of $740.2 million in cash on 
a debt-free basis. On January 8, 2019, the Company acquired Delta Communications, L.L.C. (“Clearwave”) for a purchase 
price of $358.8 million in cash on a debt-free basis. On October 1, 2019, the Company acquired Fidelity Communications 
Co.’s data, video and voice business and certain related assets (collectively, “Fidelity”) for a purchase price of $531.4 million 
in cash on a debt-free basis, after customary post-closing adjustments. Refer to note 3 for details on these transactions. 

2.  

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Basis  of  Presentation.  The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and the rules and regulations of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The Company’s results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 
2017 may not be indicative of the Company’s future results. 

Principles of Consolidation. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, 
including its subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Segment Reporting. Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 280 - Segment Reporting requires the disclosure of factors 
used  to  identify  an  entity’s  reportable  segments.  The  Company’s  operations  are  organized  and  managed  on  the  basis  of 
operating  systems  within  its  geographic  divisions.  Each  operating  system  derives  revenues  from  the  delivery  of  similar 
products and services to a customer base that is also similar. Each operating system deploys similar technology to deliver the 
Company’s products and services, operates within a similar regulatory environment, has similar economic characteristics 
and is managed by the Company’s chief operating decision maker as part of an aggregate of all operating systems within the 
Company’s  material  geographic  divisions.  Management  evaluated  the  criteria  for  aggregation  under  ASC  280  and  has 
concluded that the Company meets each of the respective criteria set forth therein. Accordingly, management has identified 
one reportable segment. 

Use of Estimates. The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management 
to  make  certain  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  amounts  reported  herein.  Management  bases  its  estimates  and 
assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 
Due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results reported in future periods may be affected by 
changes in those estimates and underlying assumptions. 

Revenue  Recognition. The  Company  recognizes  revenue  in  accordance  with  ASC  606  -  Revenue  from  Contracts  with 
Customers.  Residential  revenues  are  generated  through  individual  and  bundled  subscriptions  for  data,  video  and  voice 
services  on  month  to  month  terms,  without  penalty  for  cancellation.  As  bundled  subscriptions  are  typically  offered  at 
discounted rates, the sales price is allocated amongst the respective product lines based on the relative selling price at which 
each service is sold under standalone service agreements. Business revenues are generated through individual and bundled 
subscriptions for data, video and voice services under contracts with terms ranging from one month to several years. 

The Company also generally receives an allocation of scheduled advertising time as part of its distribution agreements with 
cable and broadcast networks, which the Company sells to local, regional and national advertisers under contracts with terms 
that  are  typically  less  than one year. In most  instances,  the  available  advertising time is  sold directly  by  the  Company’s 
internal sales force. As the Company is acting as principal in these arrangements, the advertising that is sold is reported as 
revenue on a gross basis. In instances where advertising time is sold by contracted third-party agencies, the Company is not 
acting as principal and the advertising sold is therefore reported net of agency fees. Advertising revenues are recognized 
when the related advertisements are aired. 

F-9 

  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The unit of account for revenue recognition is a performance obligation, which is a requirement to transfer a distinct good or 
service to a customer. Customers are billed for the services to which they subscribe based upon published or contracted rates, 
with the sales price being allocated to each performance obligation. For arrangements with multiple performance obligations, 
the sales price is allocated based on the relative standalone selling price for each subscribed service. Generally, performance 
obligations are satisfied, and revenue is recognized, over the period of time in which customers simultaneously receive and 
consume the Company’s defined performance obligations, which are delivered in a similar pattern of transfer. Advertising 
revenue is recognized at the point in time when the underlying performance obligation is complete. 

The Company also incurs certain incremental costs to acquire residential and business customers, such as commission costs 
and  third-party  costs  to  service  specific  customers.  These costs  are  capitalized  as  contract  assets  and amortized over  the 
applicable period. For commissions, the amortization period is the average customer tenure, which is approximately five 
years for both residential and business customers. All other costs are amortized over the requisite contract period. 

Fees  imposed  on  the  Company  by  various  governmental  authorities,  including  franchise  fees,  are  passed  through  on  a 
monthly basis to the Company’s customers and are periodically remitted to authorities. These fees were $22.7 million, $16.1 
million and $15.7 million for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As the Company acts as principal, these fees are reported 
in  video  and  voice  revenues  on  a  gross  basis  with  corresponding  expenses  included  within  operating  expenses  in  the 
consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

Concentrations of Credit Risk. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk 
are primarily cash and accounts receivable. Concentration of credit risk with respect to the Company’s cash balance is limited. 
The  Company  maintains  or  invests  its  cash  with  highly  qualified  financial  institutions.  With  respect  to  the  Company’s 
receivables, credit risk is limited due to the large number of customers, individually small balances and short payment terms. 

Programming Costs. The Company’s programming costs are fees paid to license the programming that is distributed to 
video  customers  and  are  recorded  in  the  period  the  services  are  provided. Programming  costs  are  recorded based on  the 
Company’s contractual agreements with its programming vendors, which are generally multi-year agreements that provide 
for the Company to make payments to the programming vendors at agreed upon rates based on the number of subscribers to 
which  the  Company  provides  the  programming  service.  From  time  to  time,  these  agreements  expire,  and  programming 
continues to be distributed, often pursuant to an extension, to customers while the parties negotiate new contractual terms. 
While payments are typically made under the prior agreement’s terms, the amount of programming costs recorded during 
these  interim  periods  is  based  on  the  Company’s  estimates  of  the  ultimate  contractual  terms  expected  to  be  negotiated. 
Differences between actual amounts determined upon resolution of negotiations and amounts recorded during these interim 
periods are recorded in the period of resolution. 

Advertising  Costs.  The  Company  expenses  advertising  costs  as  incurred.  The  total  amount  of  such  advertising  expense 
recorded was $34.3 million, $28.6 million and $25.3 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

Cash Equivalents. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities at purchase of three months 
or less to be cash equivalents. These investments are carried at cost plus accrued interest and dividends, which approximates 
market value. 

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts.  Accounts  receivable  have  been  reduced  by  an  allowance  for  amounts  that  may  be 
uncollectible in the future. This estimated allowance is based primarily on the aging category, historical collection experience 
and management’s evaluation of the financial condition of the customer. The Company generally considers an account past 
due  or  delinquent  when  a  customer  misses  a  scheduled  payment.  The  Company writes  off  accounts  receivable  balances 
deemed uncollectible against the allowance for doubtful accounts generally when the account is turned over for collection to 
an outside collection agency. 

Fair Value Measurements. Fair value measurements are determined based on the assumptions that a market participant 
would use in pricing an asset or liability based on a three-tiered hierarchy that draws a distinction between market participant 
assumptions based on (i) observable inputs, such as quoted prices in active markets (level 1); (ii) inputs other than quoted 
prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly (level 2); and (iii) unobservable inputs that require 
the Company to use present value and other valuation techniques in the determination of fair value (level 3). Financial assets 
and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. 
The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurements requires judgment and 
may affect the valuation of the assets and liabilities being measured and their placement within the fair value hierarchy. 

F-10 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
For assets and liabilities that are measured using quoted prices in active markets, the total fair value is the published market 
price per unit multiplied by the number of units held, without consideration of transaction costs. Assets and liabilities that 
are measured using significant other observable inputs are primarily valued by reference to quoted prices of similar assets or 
liabilities in active markets, adjusted for any terms specific to that asset or liability. 

The Company measures certain assets, including property, plant and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill, at fair value 
on a nonrecurring basis when they are deemed to be impaired. The fair value of these assets is determined with valuation 
techniques using the best information available and may include quoted market prices, market comparables and discounted 
cash flow models. 

The carrying amounts reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for cash and cash equivalents, accounts 
receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial 
instruments. 

Property,  Plant  and  Equipment.  Property,  plant  and  equipment  is  recorded  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and 
amortization. Costs for replacements and major improvements are capitalized while costs for maintenance and repairs are 
expensed  as  incurred.  Depreciation  and  amortization  is  calculated  using  the  straight-line  method  for  all  assets,  with  the 
exception of capitalized internal and external labor, which is depreciated using an accelerated method. The estimated useful 
life ranges for each category of property, plant and equipment are as follows (in years): 

Cable distribution systems ....................................................................................................................................   10 – 25 
Customer premise equipment ...............................................................................................................................  
3 – 5 
Other equipment and fixtures ...............................................................................................................................  
3 – 10 
Buildings and improvements ................................................................................................................................   10 – 20 
Capitalized software .............................................................................................................................................  
Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets ................................................................................................................................  

3 – 7 
1 – 15 

The  costs  of  leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  over  the  lesser  of  their  useful  lives  or  the  remaining  terms  of  the 
respective leases. 

Costs associated with the installation and upgrade of services and acquiring and deploying of customer premise equipment, 
including materials, internal and external labor costs and related indirect and overhead costs, are capitalized. 

Capitalized  labor  costs  include  the  direct  costs  of  engineers  and  technical  personnel  involved  in  the  design  and 
implementation of plant and infrastructure; the costs of technicians involved in the installation and upgrades of services and 
customer premise equipment; and the costs of support personnel directly involved in capitalizable activities, such as project 
managers and supervisors. These costs are capitalized based on internally developed standards by position, which are updated 
annually (or more frequently if required). These standards are developed utilizing a combination of actual costs incurred 
where applicable, survey information, operational data and management judgment. Overhead costs are capitalized based on 
standards  developed  from  historical  information.  Indirect  and  overhead  costs  include  payroll  taxes;  insurance  and  other 
benefits;  and  vehicle,  tool  and  supply  expense  related  to  installation  activities.  Costs  for  repairs  and  maintenance, 
disconnecting service or reconnecting service are expensed as incurred. 

The  Company  capitalizes  certain  internal  and  external  costs  incurred  to  acquire  or  develop  internal-use,  on-premises 
software, including costs associated with coding, software configuration, upgrades and enhancements. Costs associated with 
internal-use, cloud-based software are expensed as incurred. 

Evaluation of Long-Lived Assets. The recoverability of property, plant and equipment and finite-lived intangible assets is 
assessed whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that recorded values may not be recoverable. A long-
lived asset is considered to not be recoverable when the undiscounted estimated future cash flows are less than the asset’s 
recorded  value.  An  impairment  charge  is  measured  based  on  estimated  fair  market  value,  determined  primarily  using 
estimated future cash flows on a discounted basis. Losses on long-lived assets to be disposed of are determined in a similar 
manner, but the fair market value is reduced for estimated disposal costs. 

Finite-Lived  Intangible  Assets.  Finite-lived  intangible  assets  consist  of  franchise  renewals,  customer  relationships  and 
trademarks  and  trade  names,  and  are  amortized  over  the  respective  estimated  periods  for  which  the  assets  will  provide 
economic benefit to the Company. 

F-11 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets. The Company’s intangible assets with an indefinite life are franchise agreements that 
it has with state and local governments and the Clearwave trade name. Franchise agreements allow the Company to contract 
and operate its business within specified geographic areas. The Company expects its franchise agreements to provide it with 
substantial  benefit  for  a  period  that  extends  beyond  the  foreseeable  horizon,  and  the  Company  has  historically  obtained 
renewals and extensions of such agreements without material modifications to the agreements for nominal costs, and these 
costs are expensed as incurred. The Company groups the recorded values of its various franchise agreements into geographic 
divisions or units of account. The Company currently expects to utilize the Clearwave trade name for a period that extends 
beyond the foreseeable horizon and expects the cost to maintain such asset to be nominal. 

The Company assesses the recoverability of its indefinite-lived intangible assets as of October 1st of each year, or more 
frequently whenever events or substantive changes in circumstances indicate that the assets might be impaired. The Company 
evaluates  the  unit  of  account  used  to  test  for  impairment  periodically  or  whenever  events  or  substantive  changes  in 
circumstances occur to ensure impairment testing is performed at an appropriate level. The assessment of recoverability may 
first  consider  qualitative  factors  to  determine  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  an  indefinite-lived 
intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. A quantitative assessment is performed if the qualitative assessment results 
in  a  more-likely-than-not  determination  or  if  a  qualitative  assessment  is  not  performed.  When  performing  a  quantitative 
assessment,  the  Company  estimates  the  fair  value  of  its  franchise  agreements  primarily  based  on  a  multi-period  excess 
earnings method (“MPEEM”) analysis and estimates the fair value of the Clearwave trade name primarily based on a relief-
from-royalty  analysis,  both  of  which  involve  significant  judgment.  When  analyzing  the  fair  values  indicated  under  the 
MPEEM analysis, the Company also considers multiples of Adjusted EBITDA generated by the underlying assets, current 
market transactions and profitability information. If the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets were determined to be 
less than the carrying amount, the Company would recognize an impairment charge for the difference between the estimated 
fair value and the carrying value of the assets. 

Goodwill. Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net 
assets acquired in a business combination and represents the future economic benefits expected to arise from anticipated 
synergies  and  intangible  assets  acquired  that  do  not  qualify  for  separate  recognition,  including  an  assembled  workforce, 
noncontractual relationships and other agreements. The Company assesses the recoverability of its goodwill as of October 
1st  of  each  year,  or  more  frequently  whenever  events  or  substantive  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying 
amount of a reporting unit may exceed its fair value. Beginning on October 1, 2019, the Company prospectively changed its 
annual goodwill impairment testing date from November 30th to October 1st. The voluntary change was to better align the 
Company’s goodwill impairment testing procedures with its annual planning and budgeting process. This change did not 
delay, accelerate or avoid an impairment loss, nor did the change have a cumulative effect on pre-tax income, net income, 
retained earnings or net assets. 

The  Company  tests  goodwill  for  impairment  at  the  reporting  unit  level.  To  determine  its  reporting  units,  the  Company 
evaluates the components one level below the segment level and it aggregates the components if they have similar economic 
characteristics. As a result of this assessment, the Company’s reporting units are established at the geographic division level. 
The Company evaluates the determination of its reporting units used to test for impairment periodically or whenever events 
or substantive changes in circumstances occur. The assessment of recoverability may first consider qualitative factors to 
determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the 
fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount.  A  quantitative  assessment  is  performed  if  the  qualitative 
assessment results in a more-likely-than-not determination or if a qualitative assessment is not performed. The quantitative 
assessment considers whether the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value. Any excess amount is recorded 
as an impairment charge in the current period (limited to the amount of goodwill recorded). 

Insurance. The Company uses a combination of insurance and self-insurance for a number of risks, including claims related 
to  employee  medical  and  dental  care,  disability  benefits,  workers’  compensation,  general  liability,  property  damage  and 
business interruption. Liabilities associated with these plans  are estimated based on, among other things, the Company’s 
historical  claims  experience,  severity  factors  and  other  actuarial  assumptions.  Accruals  for  expected  loss  are  based  on 
estimates, and, while the Company believes that the amounts accrued are adequate, the ultimate loss may differ from the 
amounts accrued. 

Equity-Based Compensation. The Company measures compensation expense related to equity-based awards based on the 
grant date fair value of the awards. The Company recognizes the expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service 
period, which is generally the vesting period of the award, with forfeitures recognized as incurred. 

Income Taxes. The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition 
of  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  for  the  expected  future  tax  consequences  of  events  that  have  been  included  in  the 
consolidated  financial  statements.  Under  this  method,  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  determined  based  on  the 

F-12 

  
  
  
  
  
  
differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year 
in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is 
recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. 

The Company records deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets will more likely than not be realized. In 
making such determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals 
of  existing  taxable  temporary  differences,  projected  future  taxable  income,  tax  planning  strategies  and  recent  financial 
operations. This evaluation is made on an ongoing basis. In the event the Company were to determine that it was not able to 
realize all or a portion of its deferred tax assets in the future, the Company would record a valuation allowance, which would 
impact the provision for income taxes. 

The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position when it is more likely than not that the position will be 
sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. 
The  Company  records  a  liability  for  the  difference  between  the  benefit  recognized  and  measured  for  financial  statement 
purposes and the tax position taken or expected to be taken on the tax return. Changes in the estimate are recorded in the 
period in which such determination is made. 

Asset Retirement Obligations. Certain of the Company’s franchise agreements and lease agreements contain provisions 
requiring  the  Company  to  restore  facilities  or  remove  property  in  the  event  that  the  franchise  or  lease  agreement  is  not 
renewed. The Company expects to continually renew its franchise agreements and therefore cannot reasonably estimate any 
liabilities  associated  with  such  agreements.  A  remote  possibility  exists  that  franchise  agreements  could  be  terminated 
unexpectedly, which could result in the Company incurring significant expense in complying with restoration or removal 
provisions. Retirement obligations related to the Company’s lease agreements are de minimis. The Company does not have 
any significant liabilities related to asset retirement obligations recorded in the consolidated financial statements. 

Business Combination Purchase Price Allocation. The application of the acquisition method under ASC 805 - Business 
Combinations (“ASC 805”) requires the Company to allocate the purchase price amongst the acquisition date fair values of 
identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. The Company determines fair values using the 
income approach, market approach and/or cost approach depending on the nature of the asset or liability being valued and 
the reliability of available information. The income approach estimates fair value by discounting associated lifetime expected 
future cash flows to their present value and relies on significant assumptions regarding future revenues, expenses, working 
capital levels and discount rates. The market approach estimates fair value by analyzing recent actual market transactions for 
similar assets or liabilities. The cost approach estimates fair value based on the expected cost to replace or reproduce the 
asset or liability and relies on assumptions regarding the occurrence and extent of any physical, functional and/or economic 
obsolescence. 

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements. In June 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”) 
issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  No.  2018-07,  Compensation  –  Stock  Compensation  (Topic  718): 
Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting. ASU 2018-07 expands the scope of ASC 718 to include 
share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from non-employees. The ASU was effective January 1, 
2019. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In  August  2017,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2017-12,  Derivatives  and  Hedging  (Topic  815):  Targeted  Improvements  to 
Accounting for Hedging Activities. ASU 2017-12 improves the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray 
the economic results of an entity’s risk management activities in its financial statements and also simplifies the application 
of hedge accounting under GAAP. The ASU was effective January 1, 2019. The adoption of this guidance did not have a 
material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-02,  Leases  (Topic  842).  ASU  2016-02  requires  lessees  to  record 
substantially all of their leases on the balance sheet as an ROU asset and a corresponding lease liability with the exception 
of short-term leases. The Company is required to classify each separate lease component as an operating or a finance lease 
at the lease commencement date. Initial measurement of the ROU asset and lease liability is the same for both operating and 
finance  leases,  however,  expense  recognition  and  amortization of  the ROU  asset  differs.  Expense for operating  leases  is 
recognized on a straight-line basis similar to previous operating leases while finance leases reflect a front-loaded expense 
pattern similar to previous capital leases. The Company adopted the updated guidance on January 1, 2019. 

With respect to the adoption of ASU 2016-02, the Company elected the “Comparatives Under 840 Option” approach to 
transition. Under this method, financial information related to periods prior to adoption is presented as originally reported 
under ASC 840 - Leases. Upon adoption on January 1, 2019, the Company recorded ROU assets of $14.9 million and lease 
liabilities  of  $13.3  million.  The  adoption  of  this  guidance  did not  have  a  significant  impact  on  Company’s  consolidated 
financial statements. 

F-13 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ASU  2016-02  provides  several  optional  practical  expedients  in  transition.  The  Company  elected  the  lessee  and  lessor 
transition package of three practical expedients permitted within the standard, which eliminates the requirements to reassess 
prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. 

The Company also made certain lessee accounting policy elections, including a short-term lease exception policy, permitting 
the exclusion of short-term leases (defined as leases with terms of 12 months or less) from the recognition requirements of 
ASC 842, and an accounting policy to account for lease and non-lease components as a single component for all classes of 
assets, permitting common area maintenance, real estate taxes, fiber network power charges and routine maintenance fees to 
be combined with the associated lease component. The portfolio approach, which allows a lessee to account for its leases at 
a portfolio level, was elected for certain equipment and fiber leases in which the difference in accounting for each asset 
separately  would  not  have  been  materially  different  from  accounting  for  the  assets  as  a  combined  unit.  As  a  lessee,  the 
Company also elected the practical expedient not to reevaluate whether any expired or existing land easements are, or contain, 
leases. 

The Company provides residential and business customers with certain hardware to deliver data, video and voice services. 
As a lessor, the Company elected the practical expedient not to separate lease components from the associated non-lease 
component for all classes of assets. The Company concluded the non-lease components would otherwise be accounted for 
under  the  new  revenue  recognition  standard  and  both  the  timing  and  pattern  of  transfer  are  the  same  for  the  non-lease 
components and associated lease component based on the interrelated nature of the services provided and the underlying 
leased hardware and, if accounted for separately, the lease component would be classified as an operating lease. 

Refer to note 8 for additional details. 

Recently Issued But Not Yet Adopted Accounting Pronouncements. In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-
12,  Income  Taxes  (Topic  740):  Simplifying  the  Accounting  for  Income  Taxes.  ASU  2019-12  removes  certain  exceptions 
related to intraperiod tax allocations, foreign subsidiaries and interim reporting that are present within existing GAAP. The 
ASU also provides updated guidance regarding the tax treatment of certain franchise taxes, goodwill and nontaxable entities, 
among other items. In addition, ASU 2019-12 clarifies that the effect of a change in tax laws or rates should be reflected in 
the annual effective tax rate computation during the interim period that includes the enactment date. The ASU is effective 
for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2020, with early adoption permitted. Certain provisions must 
be adopted on prescribed retrospective, modified retrospective and prospective bases, while other provisions may be adopted 
on either a retrospective or modified retrospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating its timing and method, where 
applicable, of adoption as well as the expected impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 
350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service 
Contract. ASU 2018-15 aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation, setup and other upfront costs incurred in a 
hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing such costs incurred to develop or obtain 
internal-use software. The ASU specifies which costs are to be expensed and which are to be capitalized, the period over 
which  capitalized  costs  are  to  be  amortized,  the  process  for  identifying  and  recognizing  impairment  and  the  proper 
presentation  of  such  costs  within  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  Company  adopted  the  updated  guidance  on 
January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this ASU will result in the capitalization and subsequent amortization 
of certain costs that would have been expensed as incurred under previous guidance. Amortization of such costs will be 
included in operating or selling, general and administrative expenses, rather than depreciation and amortization expense, 
within the consolidated financial statements. 

In  June  2016, the  FASB  issued ASU No. 2016-13,  Financial  Instruments  –  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326):  Measurement  of 
Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. ASU 2016-13 requires companies to recognize an allowance for expected lifetime 
credit losses through earnings concurrent with the recognition of a financial asset measured at amortized cost. The estimate 
of expected credit losses is required to be adjusted each reporting period over the life of the financial asset. The ASU was 
effective January 1, 2020. The adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated 
financial statements. 

3.  

ACQUISITIONS 

The Company accounted for certain acquisitions as business combinations pursuant to ASC 805. In accordance with ASC 
805, the Company uses its best estimates and assumptions to assign fair value to the tangible and identifiable intangible assets 
acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date based on the information that was available as of the acquisition date. 
The Company believes that the information available provides a reasonable basis for estimating the fair values of assets 

F-14 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
acquired and liabilities assumed for each acquisition, however, preliminary measurements of fair value for each acquisition 
are subject to change during the measurement period, and such changes could be material. The Company expects to finalize 
the valuation after each acquisition as soon as practicable but no later than one year after the acquisition date. 

Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired 
in  a  business  combination  and  represents  the  future  economic  benefits  expected  to  arise  from  anticipated  synergies  and 
intangible assets acquired that do not qualify for separate recognition, including an assembled workforce, noncontractual 
relationships and other agreements. As an indefinite-lived asset, goodwill is not amortized but rather is subject to impairment 
testing on at least an annual basis. 

Acquisition costs are not included as components of consideration transferred and instead are accounted for as expenses in 
the period in which the costs are incurred. The Company incurred $9.6 million, $1.8 million and $5.9 million of acquisition-
related costs in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. These costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses 
within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

The following acquisitions occurred during the periods presented: 

NewWave. On May 1, 2017, the Company acquired all the outstanding equity interests in NewWave for $740.2 million in 
cash on a debt-free basis. Refer to note 9 for details regarding the financing of the transaction. NewWave provides data, 
video and voice services to residential and business customers throughout non-urban areas of Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, 
Louisiana, Mississippi, Missouri and Texas. Cable One and NewWave shared similar strategies, customer demographics, 
and products. The acquisition of NewWave offered the Company opportunities for revenue growth and adjusted earnings 
before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation  and  amortization  (“Adjusted  EBITDA”)  margin  expansion  as  well  as  the  potential  to 
realize cost synergies. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  allocation  of  the  NewWave  purchase  price  consideration  as  of  the  acquisition  date, 
reflecting all measurement period adjustments recorded (in thousands): 

Assets Acquired 
Cash and cash equivalents ....................................................................................................................    $ 
Accounts receivable .............................................................................................................................      
Prepaid and other current assets ...........................................................................................................      
Property, plant and equipment .............................................................................................................      
Intangible assets ...................................................................................................................................      
Other noncurrent assets ........................................................................................................................      
Total Assets Acquired ......................................................................................................................      

Liabilities Assumed 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities .............................................................................................      
Deferred revenue ..................................................................................................................................      
Deferred income taxes ..........................................................................................................................      
Total Liabilities Assumed .................................................................................................................      

Net assets acquired .............................................................................................................................      
Purchase price consideration ................................................................................................................      
Goodwill recognized ...........................................................................................................................    $ 

Purchase Price 
Allocation 

12,220   
15,027   
2,286   
192,234   
476,300   
1,184   
699,251   

25,125   
14,516   
6,644   
46,285   

652,966   
740,166   
87,200   

Acquired  identifiable  intangible  assets  associated  with  the  NewWave  acquisition  consist  of  the  following  (dollars  in 
thousands): 

Customer relationships ................................................................................................    $ 
Trademark and trade name ..........................................................................................    $ 
Franchise agreements ..................................................................................................    $ 

160,000       
1,300       
315,000     

14   
3   
Indefinite   

   Fair Value 

Useful Life  
(in years) 

F-15 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
  
       
  
       
  
  
       
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
Customer  relationships  and  franchise  agreements  were  valued  using  the  MPEEM  of  the  income  approach.  Significant 
assumptions  used  in  the  valuations  include  projected  revenue  growth  rates,  future  EBITDA  margins,  future  capital 
expenditures  and  an  appropriate  discount  rate.  No  residual  value  was  assigned  to  the  acquired  customer  relationships  or 
trademark and trade name. 

The measurement period for the NewWave acquisition ended on April 30, 2018. 

The NewWave acquisition resulted in the recognition of $87.2 million of goodwill, which is deductible for tax purposes. 

Clearwave. On January 8, 2019, the Company acquired Clearwave, a facilities-based service provider that owns and operates 
a high-capacity fiber network offering dense regional coverage in Southern Illinois. The Company funded the purchase price 
of $358.8 million with cash on hand and Term Loan B-2 borrowings as defined and described in note 9. The Clearwave 
acquisition provides the Company with a premier fiber network within its existing footprint, further enables the Company to 
supply its customers with enhanced business services solutions and provides a platform to allow the Company to replicate 
Clearwave’s strategy in several of its other markets. 

The following table summarizes the allocation of the Clearwave purchase price consideration as of the acquisition date (in 
thousands): 

Original 
Estimate 

Measurement  
Period  
Adjustment 

Preliminary 
Purchase Price 
Allocation 

Assets Acquired 
Cash and cash equivalents .....................................................    $ 
Accounts receivable ..............................................................      
Prepaid and other current assets ............................................      
Property, plant and equipment ...............................................      
Intangible assets ....................................................................      
Other noncurrent assets .........................................................      
Total Assets Acquired ........................................................      

Liabilities Assumed 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...............................      
Deferred revenue, short-term portion ....................................      
Deferred income taxes ...........................................................      
Other noncurrent liabilities ....................................................      
Total Liabilities Assumed ..................................................      

Net assets acquired ..............................................................      
Purchase price consideration .................................................      
Goodwill recognized ............................................................    $ 

1,913     $ 
1,294       
311       
120,472       
89,700       
3,533       
217,223       

2,128       
4,322       
30,104       
5,057       
41,611       

175,612       
358,830       
183,218     $ 

-    $ 
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      
-      

-      
-      
2,667      
-      
2,667      

(2,667)     
-      
2,667    $ 

1,913   
1,294   
311   
120,472   
89,700   
3,533   
217,223   

2,128   
4,322   
32,771   
5,057   
44,278   

172,945   
358,830   
185,885   

Acquired  identifiable  intangible  assets  associated  with  the  Clearwave  acquisition  consist  of  the  following  (dollars  in 
thousands): 

   Fair Value 

Useful Life  
(in years) 

Customer relationships ................................................................................................    $ 
Trade name ..................................................................................................................    $ 

83,000       
6,700     

17   
Indefinite   

Customer  relationships  were  valued  using  the  MPEEM  of  the  income  approach.  Significant  assumptions  used  in  the 
valuations include projected revenue growth rates, future EBITDA margins, future capital expenditures and an appropriate 
discount rate. No residual value was assigned to the acquired customer relationships. 

During 2019, the Company recorded a measurement period adjustment increasing both deferred income taxes and goodwill 
by $2.7 million as a result of the Company’s election for Clearwave to be treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. Federal 
income tax purposes. 

The Clearwave acquisition resulted in the recognition of $185.9 million of goodwill, which is not deductible for tax purposes. 

F-16 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
       
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
For the period from January 8, 2019 to December 31, 2019, the Company recognized revenues of $27.4 million and net 
income of $5.1 million from Clearwave operations, which included acquired intangible assets amortization expense of $4.9 
million. 

Fidelity. On October 1, 2019, the Company acquired Fidelity, a provider of data, video and voice services to residential and 
business  customers  throughout  Arkansas,  Illinois,  Louisiana,  Missouri,  Oklahoma  and  Texas.  The  Company  funded  the 
purchase price of $531.4 million with cash on hand and the Delayed Draw Term Loan A-2 as defined and described in note 
9. Cable One and Fidelity share similar strategies, customer demographics and products. The Fidelity acquisition provides 
the Company opportunities for revenue growth and Adjusted EBITDA margin expansion as well as the potential to realize 
cost synergies. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  allocation  of  the Fidelity  purchase price  consideration  as of  the  acquisition  date  (in 
thousands): 

Measurement  
Period  

Adjustments      

Preliminary  
Purchase 
Price  
Allocation 

Original 
Estimate 

Assets Acquired 
Cash and cash equivalents .................................................................   $ 
Accounts receivable ..........................................................................     
Prepaid and other current assets ........................................................     
Property, plant and equipment ...........................................................     
Intangible assets ................................................................................     
Other noncurrent assets .....................................................................     
Total Assets Acquired ....................................................................     

Liabilities Assumed 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities ...........................................     
Deferred revenue, short-term portion ................................................     
Other noncurrent liabilities ................................................................     
Total Liabilities Assumed ..............................................................     

4,869     $ 
3,691       
1,756       
173,806       
288,000       
481       
472,603       

8,426       
1,464       
2,670       
12,560       

Net assets acquired ..........................................................................     
Purchase price consideration .............................................................     
Goodwill recognized ........................................................................   $ 

460,043       
529,349       
69,306     $ 

-     $ 
-       
-       
98       
-       
1,414       
1,512       

369       
332       
1,045       
1,746       

(234 )     
2,043       
2,277     $ 

4,869   
3,691   
1,756   
173,904   
288,000   
1,895   
474,115   

8,795   
1,796   
3,715   
14,306   

459,809   
531,392   
71,583   

Acquired identifiable intangible assets associated with the Fidelity acquisition consist of the following (dollars in thousands): 

   Fair Value 

Useful Life  
(in years) 

Customer relationships ................................................................................................    $ 
Trademark and trade name ..........................................................................................    $ 
Franchise agreements ..................................................................................................    $ 

119,000       
3,000       
166,000     

14   
3   
Indefinite   

Customer  relationships  and  franchise  agreements  were  valued  using  the  MPEEM  of  the  income  approach.  Significant 
assumptions  used  in  the  valuations  include  projected  revenue  growth  rates,  future  EBITDA  margins,  future  capital 
expenditures  and  an  appropriate  discount  rate.  No  residual  value  was  assigned  to  the  acquired  customer  relationships  or 
trademark and trade name. The total weighted average amortization period for the acquired finite-lived intangible assets is 
13.7 years. 

Subsequent to the original estimates, the Company recorded certain measurement period adjustments related to the impact 
of the adoption ASC 842 as well as a true-up of working capital post-closing. These adjustments increased goodwill by $2.3 
million and were based on information available as of the acquisition date and obtained during the measurement period and 
have been properly reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019. 

The Fidelity acquisition resulted in the recognition of $71.6 million of goodwill, which is deductible for tax purposes. 

F-17 

  
  
  
  
  
    
  
       
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
For the three months ended December 31, 2019, the Company recognized revenues of $32.0 million and net income of $4.7 
million from Fidelity operations, which included acquired intangible assets amortization expense of $2.4 million. 

The following unaudited pro forma combined results of operations information for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 
2018  has  been  prepared  as  if  the  Fidelity  acquisition  had  occurred  on  January  1,  2018  and  includes  adjustments  for 
depreciation expense of $(4.0) million and $(4.5) million, amortization expense of $6.9 million and $9.2 million, interest 
expense of $10.9 million and $15.2 million, acquisition related costs of $(5.5) million and zero and the related aggregate 
impact on the income tax provision of $(2.1) million and $(5.0) million for 2019 and 2018, respectively (in thousands, except 
per share data): 

(Unaudited) 

   Year Ended December 31, 

Revenues .........................................................................................................................   $ 
Net income ......................................................................................................................   $ 
Net income per common share: 

Basic ............................................................................................................................   $ 
Diluted .........................................................................................................................   $ 

2019 
1,261,027     $ 
189,020     $ 

2018 
1,186,044   
159,348   

33.28     $ 
32.94     $ 

28.03   
27.83   

The unaudited pro forma combined results of operations information is provided for informational purposes only and is not 
necessarily intended to represent the results that would have been achieved had the Fidelity acquisition been consummated 
on January 1, 2018 or indicative of the results that may be achieved in the future. 

4.  

REVENUES  

The Company’s revenues by product line were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

Residential 

Data ................................................................................................   $ 
Video .............................................................................................     
Voice ..............................................................................................     
Business services ...............................................................................     
Other ..................................................................................................     
Total revenues ............................................................................   $ 

547,240     $ 
335,190       
43,521       
204,500       
37,546       
1,167,997     $ 

492,816     $ 
343,384       
41,278       
155,952       
38,865       
1,072,295     $ 

416,355   
332,536   
43,733   
131,082   
36,250   
959,956   

Fees  imposed  on  the  Company  by  various  governmental  authorities,  including  franchise  fees,  are  passed  through  on  a 
monthly basis to the Company’s customers and are periodically remitted to authorities. These fees were $22.7 million, $16.1 
million and $15.7 million for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As the Company acts as principal, these fees are reported 
in  video  and  voice  revenues  on  a  gross  basis  with  corresponding  expenses  included  within  operating  expenses  in  the 
consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

Other revenues are comprised primarily of advertising, customer late charges and reconnect fees. 

Net accounts receivable from contracts with customers totaled $32.3 million and $28.1 million at December 31, 2019 and 
December 31, 2018, respectively. 

A significant portion of the Company’s revenues are derived from customers who may cancel their subscriptions at any time 
without penalty. As such, the amount of deferred revenue related to unsatisfied performance obligations is not necessarily 
indicative of the future revenue to be recognized from the Company’s existing customers. Revenues from customers with 
contractually specified terms and non-cancelable service periods are recognized over the terms of the underlying contracts, 
which generally range from one to five years. 

Contract Costs. The Company capitalizes the incremental costs incurred in obtaining customers, such as commission costs 
and  certain  third-party  costs.  Commission  expense  is  recognized  using  a  portfolio  approach  over  the  calculated  average 
residential and business customer tenure. Deferred commissions totaled $8.6 million and $7.8 million as of December 31, 
2019 and 2018, respectively, and were included within prepaid and other current assets and other noncurrent assets in the 
consolidated balance sheets. Commission amortization expense was $4.0 million, $3.6 million and $3.1 million for 2019, 

F-18 

   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
       
         
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
       
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
2018  and  2017,  respectively,  and  was  included  within  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  consolidated 
statements of operations  and  comprehensive  income. Deferred  commissions of  $3.6  million  included  within prepaid  and 
other current assets in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019 are expected to be amortized over the next 12 
months. 

Contract Liabilities. As residential and business customers are billed for subscription services in advance of the service 
period, the timing of revenue recognition differs from the timing of billing. Deferred revenue liabilities are recorded when 
the  Company  collects  payments  in  advance  of  providing  the  associated  services.  Current  deferred  revenue  liabilities, 
consisting of refundable customer prepayments, up-front charges and installation fees, were $23.6 million and $19.0 million 
as  of  December  31,  2019  and  2018,  respectively.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  the  Company’s  remaining  performance 
obligations pertain to the refundable customer prepayments and consist of providing future data, video and voice services to 
customers.  The  $19.0  million  of  current  deferred  revenue  at  December  31,  2018  was  recognized  within  revenues  in  the 
consolidated  statement  of  operations  and  comprehensive  income  during  2019.  Noncurrent  deferred  revenue  liabilities, 
consisting  of  up-front  charges  and  installation  fees  from  business  customers,  were  $5.5  million  and  $2.8  million  as  of 
December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and were included within other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance 
sheets. 

Significant Judgments. The Company often provides multiple services to a single customer. The provision of customer 
premise equipment, installation services and service upgrades may be highly integrated and interdependent with the data, 
video  or  voice  services  provided.  Judgment  is  required  to  determine  whether  the  provision  of  such  customer  premise 
equipment, installation services and service upgrades is considered a distinct service and accounted for separately, or not 
distinct and accounted for together with the related subscription service. 

The transaction price for a bundle of services is frequently less than the sum of the standalone selling prices of each individual 
service. The Company allocates the sales price for such bundles to each individual service provided based on the relative 
standalone selling price for each subscribed service. Standalone selling prices of the Company’s residential data and video 
services are directly observable, while standalone selling prices for the Company’s residential voice services are estimated 
using the adjusted market assessment approach, which relies upon information from peer companies who sell residential 
voice services individually. 

The Company also used significant judgment to determine the appropriate period over which to amortize deferred residential 
and business commission costs, which was determined to be the average customer tenure. Based on historical data and current 
expectations,  the  Company  determined  the  average  customer  tenure  for  both  residential  and  business  customers  to  be 
approximately five years. 

5.  

OPERATING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 

Accounts receivable consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Trade receivables ............................................................................................................    $ 
Other receivables ............................................................................................................      
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts ..........................................................................      
Total accounts receivable, net .....................................................................................    $ 

33,467    $ 
6,186      
(1,201)     
38,452    $ 

30,173  
1,819  
(2,045) 
29,947  

The changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts were as follows (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2019 

2018 

Additions – 
Charged to 
Costs and 
Expenses 

Beginning  
Balance 

     Deductions      

Ending 
Balance 

2019 ..................................................................................    $ 
2018 ..................................................................................    $ 
2017 ..................................................................................    $ 

2,045     $ 
1,876     $ 
505     $ 

6,500     $ 
5,101     $ 
4,925     $ 

(7,344)   $ 
(4,932)   $ 
(3,554)   $ 

1,201   
2,045   
1,876   

F-19 

   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
 
 
Prepaid and other current assets consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2019 

2018 

Prepaid insurance ............................................................................................................   $ 
Prepaid rent .....................................................................................................................     
Prepaid software ..............................................................................................................     
Deferred commissions .....................................................................................................     
All other current assets ....................................................................................................     
Total prepaid and other current assets .........................................................................   $ 

1,548     $ 
1,499       
4,672       
3,586       
4,314       
15,619     $ 

1,477   
1,253   
1,106   
2,902   
6,352   
13,090   

Other noncurrent assets consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Operating lease ROU assets ............................................................................................   $ 
Deferred commissions .....................................................................................................     
Debt issuance costs ..........................................................................................................     
Assets held for sale ..........................................................................................................     
All other noncurrent assets ..............................................................................................     
Total other noncurrent assets .......................................................................................   $ 

16,924     $ 
5,042       
2,427       
-       
2,701       
27,094     $ 

-   
4,867   
-   
4,626   
1,919   
11,412   

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2019 

2018 

As of December 31, 

2019 

2018 

Accounts payable ............................................................................................................   $ 
Accrued programming costs ............................................................................................     
Accrued compensation and related benefits ....................................................................     
Accrued sales and other operating taxes..........................................................................     
Accrued franchise fees ....................................................................................................     
Subscriber deposits ..........................................................................................................     
Operating lease liabilities ................................................................................................     
Interest rate swap liability ...............................................................................................     
Accrued insurance costs ..................................................................................................     
Cash overdrafts ................................................................................................................     
All other accrued liabilities .............................................................................................     
Total accounts payable and accrued liabilities .............................................................   $ 

36,351     $ 
19,620       
23,189       
9,501       
4,201       
6,550       
4,601       
11,045       
6,174       
5,801       
9,960       
136,993     $ 

20,790   
17,092   
21,314   
8,149   
3,870   
5,180   
-   
-   
3,976   
4,689   
9,074   
94,134   

Other noncurrent liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Interest rate swap liability ...............................................................................................   $ 
Operating lease liabilities ................................................................................................     
Accrued compensation and related benefits ....................................................................     
Deferred revenue .............................................................................................................     
All other noncurrent liabilities ........................................................................................     
Total other noncurrent liabilities ..................................................................................   $ 

78,612     $ 
11,146       
7,154       
5,514       
3,043       
105,469     $ 

-   
-   
6,683   
2,837   
460   
9,980   

As of December 31, 

2019 

2018 

F-20 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
   
 
 
6.  

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands): 

Cable distribution systems ..............................................................................................    $ 
Customer premise equipment .........................................................................................      
Other equipment and fixtures .........................................................................................      
Buildings and improvements ..........................................................................................      
Capitalized software .......................................................................................................      
Construction in progress .................................................................................................      
Land................................................................................................................................      
ROU assets .....................................................................................................................      
Property, plant and equipment, gross ..........................................................................      
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization .........................................................      
Property, plant and equipment, net .............................................................................    $ 

As of December 31, 

2019 
1,779,964    $ 
266,190      
444,799      
113,331      
99,988      
93,352      
13,361      
10,187      
2,821,172      
(1,619,901)     
1,201,271    $ 

2018 
1,421,820   
220,571   
406,011   
100,625   
94,801   
69,163   
11,946   
-   
2,324,937   
(1,476,958 ) 
847,979   

The  Company’s  industry  is  capital  intensive,  and  a  significant  portion  of  the  Company’s  resources  are  spent  on  capital 
activities associated with extending, rebuilding and upgrading its network. For the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 
and 2017, cash paid for property, plant and equipment was $257.8 million, $215.8 million and $175.2 million, respectively. 

Depreciation and amortization expense for property, plant and equipment was $197.5 million, $186.0 million and $173.6 
million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

In 2017, the Company sold a portion of its previous headquarters property for $10.1 million in gross proceeds and recognized 
a related gain of $6.6 million. The remaining portion of the property’s carrying value of $4.6 million was included within 
other noncurrent assets in the consolidated balance sheet as assets held for sale at December 31, 2018. In January 2019, the 
remaining portion was sold for $6.3 million in gross proceeds and the Company recognized a related gain of $1.6 million. 

7.  

GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

The  carrying  amount  of  goodwill  was  $429.6  million  and  $172.1  million  at  December 31,  2019  and  2018,  respectively. 
Goodwill of $185.9 million was recognized upon the acquisition of Clearwave in January 2019 and goodwill of $71.6 million 
was recognized upon the acquisition of Fidelity in October 2019. The Company has not historically recorded any impairment 
of goodwill. 

Intangible assets consisted of the following (dollars in thousands): 

December 31, 2019 

December 31, 2018 

Useful 
Life  
Range 
(in years)     

Gross 
Carrying  
Amount      

Accumulated 
Amortization     

Net  
Carrying  
Amount 

Gross  
Carrying 
Amount      

Accumulated 
Amortization     

Net  
Carrying 
Amount    

Finite-Lived Intangible Assets 
2,927     $ 
Franchise renewals ............................    1  – 25      $ 
Customer relationships ......................    14  – 17         362,000       
4,300       
Trademarks and trade names .............    2.4  – 3 
    $ 369,227     $ 

Total finite-lived intangible assets.  

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets 
Franchise agreements ........................     
Trade name........................................     
Total indefinite-lived intangible  

assets .........................................  

Total intangible assets, net ................     

32     $ 

2,895     $ 

2,927     $ 
37,470        324,530        160,000       
1,552       
1,300       
2,748       
41,917     $  327,310     $ 164,227     $ 

      $  978,371       
6,700       

      $  985,071       

      $ 1,312,381       

40   
2,887     $ 
19,047        140,953   
487   
22,747     $ 141,480   

813       

      $ 812,371   
-   

      $ 812,371   

      $ 953,851   

Intangible asset amortization expense was $19.2 million, $11.7 million and $8.0 million in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

F-21 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
     
         
         
         
         
         
         
  
      
  
    
     
         
         
         
         
         
         
  
         
         
         
         
         
         
  
  
        
        
        
  
        
        
        
        
        
      
        
        
  
      
        
        
        
        
        
    
  
        
        
        
  
  
As of December 31, 2019, the future amortization of existing finite-lived intangible assets was as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2020 .............................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2021 .............................................................................................................................................................      
2022 .............................................................................................................................................................      
2023 .............................................................................................................................................................      
2024 .............................................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter ....................................................................................................................................................      
Total ..............................................................................................................................................    $ 

25,817   
25,817   
25,566   
24,816   
24,816   
200,478   
327,310   

   Amount 

Actual amortization expense in future periods may differ from the amounts above as a result of intangible asset acquisitions 
or divestitures, changes in useful life estimates, impairments or other relevant factors. 

8.  

LEASES 

As a lessee, the Company has operating leases for buildings, equipment, data centers, fiber optic networks and towers and 
finance leases for buildings and fiber optic networks. These leases have remaining lease terms ranging from under 1 year to 
24 years, with some including an option to extend the lease for up to 15 additional years and some including an option to 
terminate the lease within 1 year. 

As a lessor, the Company has operating leases for the use of its fiber optic networks, towers and customer premise equipment. 
These leases have remaining lease terms ranging from under 1 year to 15 years, with some including a lessee option to extend 
the leases for up to 5 additional years and some including an option to terminate the lease within 1 year. 

Significant judgment is required when determining whether a fiber optic network access contract contains a lease, defining 
the duration of the lease term and selecting an appropriate discount rate, as discussed below: 

●  The Company concluded it was the lessee or lessor for fiber optic network access arrangements only when the asset 
is specifically identifiable and both substantially all the economic benefit is obtained by the lessee and the lessee’s 
right to direct the use of the asset exists. 

●  The Company’s lease terms are only for periods in which there are enforceable rights. For accounting purposes, a 
lease is no longer enforceable when both the lessee and the lessor each have the right to terminate the lease without 
requiring permission from the other party with no more than an insignificant penalty. The Company’s lease terms 
are impacted by options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise 
such options. 

●  Most of the Company’s leases do not contain an implicit interest rate. Therefore, the Company held discussions 
with  lenders,  evaluated  its  published  credit  rating  and  incorporated  interest  rates  on  currently  held  debt  in 
determining discount rates that reflect what the Company would pay to borrow on a collateralized basis over similar 
terms for its lease obligations. 

As of December 31, 2019, additional operating leases that have not yet commenced were not material. Additionally, lessor 
accounting disclosures were not material as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

F-22 

  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
Lessee Financial Information. The Company’s ROU assets and lease liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): 

December 31, 
2019 

ROU Assets 
Property, plant and equipment, net: 

Finance leases ..........................................................................................................................................    $ 

9,665   

Other noncurrent assets: 

Operating leases .......................................................................................................................................    $ 

16,924   

Lease Liabilities 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities: 

Operating leases .......................................................................................................................................    $ 

4,601   

Current portion of long-term debt: 

Finance leases ..........................................................................................................................................    $ 

589   

Long-term debt: 

Finance leases ..........................................................................................................................................    $ 

5,354   

Other noncurrent liabilities: 

Operating leases .......................................................................................................................................    $ 

11,146   

Total: 

Finance leases ..........................................................................................................................................    $ 
Operating leases .......................................................................................................................................    $ 

5,943   
15,747   

The components of the Company’s lease expense were as follows (in thousands): 

Finance lease expense: 

Amortization of ROU assets ....................................................................................................................    $ 
Interest on lease liabilities ........................................................................................................................      
Operating lease expense ..............................................................................................................................      
Short-term lease expense .............................................................................................................................      
Variable lease expense ................................................................................................................................      
Total lease expense ...........................................................................................................................    $ 

2019 

537   
302   
5,260   
940   
168   
7,207   

Amortization of ROU assets is included within depreciation and amortization expense; interest on lease liabilities is included 
within  interest  expense;  and  operating,  short-term  and  variable  lease  expense  is  included  within  operating  expenses  and 
selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income. 

Supplemental lessee financial information for 2019 is as follows (in thousands): 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: 

Finance leases - financing cash flows ......................................................................................................    $ 
Finance leases - operating cash flows ......................................................................................................    $ 
Operating leases - operating cash flows ...................................................................................................    $ 

ROU assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities: 

Finance leases (1) ......................................................................................................................................    $ 
Operating leases (2) ...................................................................................................................................    $ 

2019 

925   
302   
5,293   

5,408   
9,767   

(1) 
(2) 

Includes $3.9 million of ROU assets acquired in the Fidelity transaction. 
Includes $3.3 million and $1.4 million of ROU assets acquired in the Clearwave and Fidelity transactions, respectively. 

F-23 

  
  
  
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
       
  
   
  
  
  
  
       
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
  
       
  
 
  
 
 
Supplemental lessee financial information as of December 31, 2019 is as follows: 

December 31, 
2019 

Weighted average remaining lease term: 

Finance leases (in years) ..........................................................................................................................      
Operating leases (in years) .......................................................................................................................      

Weighted average discount rate: 

Finance leases ..........................................................................................................................................      
Operating leases .......................................................................................................................................      

14.1  
4.7  

6.26% 
4.94% 

As of December 31, 2019, the future maturities of existing lease liabilities were as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2020 .................................................................................................................................    $ 
2021 .................................................................................................................................      
2022 .................................................................................................................................      
2023 .................................................................................................................................      
2024 .................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter ........................................................................................................................      
Total .........................................................................................................................      
Less: Present value discount ............................................................................................      
Lease liability .............................................................................................    $ 

Finance 
Leases 

Operating  
Leases 

968    $ 
979      
989      
996      
981      
9,481      
14,394      
(8,451)     
5,943    $ 

5,253  
3,977  
2,889  
2,456  
1,046  
2,085  
17,706  
(1,959) 
15,747  

As of December 31, 2018, the Company’s outstanding lease obligations under the previous accounting guidance were as 
follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2019 .............................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2020 .............................................................................................................................................................      
2021 .............................................................................................................................................................      
2022 .............................................................................................................................................................      
2023 .............................................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter ....................................................................................................................................................      
Total .....................................................................................................................................................    $ 

Operating 
Leases 

1,767   
1,219   
911   
398   
204   
299   
4,798   

9.  

DEBT 

The carrying amount of long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2019 

2018 

Notes (as defined below) ................................................................................................    $ 
Senior Credit Facilities (as defined below) ....................................................................      
Finance lease liabilities ..................................................................................................      
Total debt ....................................................................................................................      
Less: Unamortized debt issuance costs ..........................................................................      
Less: Current portion ......................................................................................................      
Total long-term debt ............................................................................................    $ 

-    $ 
1,753,045      
5,943      
1,758,988      
(18,142)     
(28,909)     
1,711,937    $ 

450,000  
730,000  
251  
1,180,251  
(17,570) 
(20,625) 
1,142,056  

Notes. On June 17, 2015, the Company issued $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of 5.75% senior unsecured notes 
due  2022  (the  “Notes”).  The  Notes  were  jointly  and  severally  guaranteed  on  a  senior  unsecured  basis  by  each  of  the 
subsidiaries that guarantee the Senior Credit Facilities described below. The Notes were scheduled to mature on June 15, 
2022 and interest was payable on June 15th and December 15th of each year. The indenture governing the Notes provided 

F-24 

  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
for  early  redemption  of  the  Notes,  at  the  option  of  the  Company,  at  the  prices  and  subject  to  the  terms  specified  in  the 
indenture. 

On June 15, 2019, the Company redeemed all $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes (the “Note 
Redemption”). In conjunction with the Note Redemption, the Company incurred a $6.5 million call premium and wrote off 
the remaining $3.8 million of unamortized debt issuance cost associated with the Notes. These amounts are recorded within 
other income (expense), net in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income. 

Senior Credit Facilities. On June 30, 2015, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) among 
the Company, as borrower, the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”), as administrative agent, 
and the other agents party thereto, which provided for a five-year revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount 
of $200.0 million (the “Original Revolving Credit Facility”) and a five-year term loan facility (the “Original Term Loan”). 

On May 1, 2017, the Company and the lenders amended and restated the Credit Agreement (the “Amended and Restated 
Credit Agreement”) and the Company incurred $750.0 million of senior secured loans (the “2017 New Loans”), the proceeds 
of which were used, together with cash on hand, to finance the NewWave acquisition, repay in full the Original Term Loan 
and pay related fees and expenses. The 2017 New Loans consist of a five-year term “A” loan in an original aggregate principal 
amount of $250.0 million (the “Term Loan A-1”) and a seven-year term “B” loan in an original aggregate principal amount 
of $500.0 million (the “Term Loan B-1”). 

On  January  7,  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  Amendment  No.  2  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement 
(“Amendment No. 2”) with CoBank, ACB (“CoBank”), as lender, and JPMorgan, as administrative agent, and incurred a 
new seven-year incremental term “B” loan in an aggregate principal amount of $250.0 million (the “Term Loan B-2”), the 
proceeds of which were used to finance, in part, the Clearwave acquisition. 

On  April  12,  2019,  the  Company  entered  into  Amendment  No.  3  to  the  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement 
(“Amendment No. 3”) with CoBank, as lender, and JPMorgan, as administrative agent, to provide for a new delayed draw 
incremental term “B” loan in an aggregate principal amount of $325.0 million (the “Term Loan B-3”). The Term Loan B-3 
was drawn in full on June 14, 2019. 

On May 8, 2019, the Company entered into a Second Restatement Agreement with JPMorgan, as administrative agent, and 
the  lenders  party  thereto,  to  amend  and  restate  the  Amended  and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  (the  “Second  Restatement 
Agreement”). The Second Restatement Agreement provides for a new senior secured term “A” loan in an aggregate principal 
amount of $250.0 million (the “Initial Term Loan A-2”), a new senior secured delayed draw term “A” loan in an aggregate 
principal amount of $450.0 million (the “Delayed Draw Term Loan A-2,” and collectively with the Initial Term Loan A-2, 
the “Term Loan A-2”) and a new $350.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility” 
and, together with the Initial Term Loan A-2, the Delayed Draw Term Loan A-2, the Term Loan B-1, the Term Loan B-2 
and the Term Loan B-3, the “Senior Credit Facilities”). The Delayed Draw Term Loan A-2 was drawn in full on October 1, 
2019  and  has  the  same  terms  as,  and  constitutes  one  class  of  term  loans  with,  the  Initial  Term  Loan  A-2.  The  Second 
Restatement Agreement did not alter the principal terms of the Company’s previously established Term Loan B-1, Term 
Loan B-2 or Term Loan B-3. 

A portion of the proceeds from the Initial Term Loan A-2, the Term Loan B-3 and the Revolving Credit Facility, together 
with cash on hand, were used to refinance the Original Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan A-1, to fund the Note 
Redemption and for other general corporate purposes. The remaining proceeds, together with proceeds from the Delayed 
Draw Term Loan A-2 and cash on hand, were used to finance the acquisition of Fidelity and for other general corporate 
purposes. 

The Term Loan B-1 will mature on May 1, 2024 and both the Term Loan B-2 and the Term Loan B-3 will mature on January 
7,  2026.  The  principal  amounts  of  these  term  loans  amortize  in  equal  quarterly  installments  at  a  rate  (expressed  as  a 
percentage  of  the  original  principal  amount)  of  1.0%  per  annum  (subject  to  customary  adjustments  in  the  event  of  any 
prepayment), with the balance due upon maturity. 

The Term Loan A-2 and the Revolving Credit Facility will mature on May 8, 2024 (unless certain of the Company’s existing 
indebtedness remains outstanding after certain specified dates, in which case the final maturity date of both facilities will be 
an earlier date as specified in the Second Restatement Agreement). 

F-25 

  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
The principal amount of the Term Loan A-2 amortizes in equal quarterly installments at a rate (expressed as a percentage of 
the original principal amount) of 2.5% per annum for the first two years following the closing date, 5.0% per annum for the 
third year following the closing date, 7.5% per annum for the fourth year following the closing date and 12.5% per annum 
for the fifth year following the closing date (in each case subject to customary adjustments due to the timing of the Delayed 
Draw Term Loan A-2 draw date and in the event of any prepayment), with the balance due upon maturity. 

The Company was required to pay a ticking fee, which accrued at a per annum rate of 0.30% on the average daily undrawn 
portion of the Delayed Draw Term Loan A-2 accruing during the period commencing on June 15, 2019 up to, but excluding, 
October 1, 2019. 

The Revolving Credit Facility gives the Company the ability to issue letters of credit, which reduce the amount available for 
borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility. At December 31, 2019, letter of credit issuances under the Revolving Credit 
Facility were held for the benefit of certain general and liability insurance matters and other performance obligations under 
government grant programs and bore interest at a rate of 1.63% per annum. The Company is required to pay commitment 
fees  on  any unused  portion  of  the  Revolving  Credit  Facility  at  a  rate  between 0.20%  per  annum  and 0.30%  per  annum, 
determined on a quarterly basis by reference to a pricing grid based on the Company’s Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined 
in the Second Restatement Agreement). 

The Senior Credit Facilities are guaranteed by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”) and are secured, 
subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all of the assets of the Company and the Guarantors. 

The Senior Credit Facilities may be prepaid at any time without penalty or premium (subject to customary London Interbank 
Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) breakage provisions). 

The interest margins applicable to the Senior Credit Facilities are, at the Company’s option, equal to either LIBOR or a base 
rate, plus an applicable margin equal to, (i) with respect to the Term Loan A-2 and the Revolving Credit Facility, 1.25% to 
1.75% for LIBOR loans and 0.25% to 0.75% for base rate loans, determined on a quarterly basis by reference to a pricing 
grid based on the Company’s Total Net Leverage Ratio, (ii) with respect to the Term Loan B-1, (x) for any day on or prior 
to April 22, 2018, 2.25% for LIBOR loans and 1.25% for base rate loans and (y) for any day thereafter, 1.75% for LIBOR 
loans and 0.75% for base rate loans, and (iii) with respect to the Term Loan B-2 and the Term Loan B-3, 2.0% for LIBOR 
loans and 1.0% for base rate loans. 

The Company may, subject to certain specified terms and provisions, obtain additional credit facilities of up to $600.0 million 
under the Second Restatement Agreement plus an unlimited amount so long as, on a pro forma basis, the Company’s First 
Lien Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Second Restatement Agreement) is no greater than 3.0 to 1.0. 

The Second Restatement Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative covenants, 
including  limitations  on  indebtedness,  liens,  restricted  payments,  prepayments  of  certain  indebtedness,  investments, 
dispositions of assets, restrictions on subsidiary distributions and negative pledge clauses, fundamental changes, transactions 
with affiliates and amendments to organizational documents. The Second Restatement Agreement also requires the Company 
to maintain specified ratios of total net indebtedness and first lien net indebtedness to consolidated operating cash flow. The 
Second Restatement Agreement also contains customary events of default, including non-payment of principal, interest, fees 
or other amounts, material inaccuracy of any representation or warranty, failure to observe or perform any covenant, default 
in respect of other material debt of the Company and of its restricted subsidiaries, bankruptcy or insolvency, the entry against 
the Company or any of its restricted subsidiaries of a material judgment, the occurrence of certain ERISA events, impairment 
of the loan documentation and the occurrence of a change of control. 

F-26 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $1.8 billion of aggregate outstanding term loan borrowings, $6.7 million of 
letter of credit issuances and $343.3 million available for borrowing under the Revolving Credit Facility. A summary of the 
Company’s outstanding term loans as of December 31, 2019 is as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Instrument 

Draw 
Date(s) 

Original 
Principal 

Amortization 
Per Annum (1)      

Outstanding  
Principal 

Final  
Maturity  
Date 

Balance  
Due Upon 
Maturity 

700,000        Varies (4) 

    $ 

694,045    5/8/2024    $ 

513,945   

Benchmark  
Rate 
LIBOR 

Applicable  
Margin (2)      

Interest 
Rate 
       3.30%    

     1.50% 

Term Loan A-2 ..    5/8/2019 (3) 

  $ 
   10/1/2019 (3)      
5/1/2017 
Term Loan B-1 ..   
Term Loan B-2 ..   
1/7/2019 
Term Loan B-3 ..    6/14/2019 

500,000       
250,000       
325,000       
Total ....................................    $  1,775,000       

1.0% 
1.0% 
1.0% 

487,500    5/1/2024      
248,125    1/7/2026      
323,375    1/7/2026      

466,250   
233,125   
303,875   
  $  1,517,195     

      $ 

1,753,045     

LIBOR 
LIBOR 
LIBOR 

     1.75% 
     2.00% 
     2.00% 

       3.55%    
       3.80%    
       3.80%    

(1)  Payable in equal quarterly installments (expressed as a percentage of the original principal amount). All loans may be prepaid at any time without 

penalty or premium (subject to customary LIBOR breakage provisions). 

(2)  The Term Loan A-2 interest rate spread can vary between 1.25% and 1.75%, determined on a quarterly basis by reference to a pricing grid based on 

the Company’s total net leverage ratio. All other applicable margins are fixed. 

(3)  On May 8, 2019, $250.0 million was drawn. On October 1, 2019, an additional $450.0 million was drawn. 
(4)  Per annum amortization rates for years one through five following the closing date are 2.5%, 2.5%, 5.0%, 7.5% and 12.5%, respectively. 

In  connection  with  various  financing  transactions  completed  during  2019,  the  Company  incurred  $11.8  million  of  debt 
issuance costs and wrote-off $4.2 million of existing unamortized debt issuance costs to other expense, including $3.8 million 
associated with the Note Redemption. The Company recorded debt issuance cost amortization of $4.6 million, $4.2 million 
and  $3.2  million  during  2019,  2018  and  2017,  respectively,  within  interest  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 
operations and comprehensive income. Unamortized debt issuance costs totaled $20.6 million and $17.6 million at December 
31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, of which $2.4 million and zero are reflected within other noncurrent assets, respectively, 
and $18.1 million and $17.6 million are reflected as reductions to long-term debt, respectively, in the consolidated balance 
sheets. 

As of December 31, 2019, the future maturities of outstanding debt, excluding lease liability payment obligations, were as 
follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2020 .............................................................................................................................................................    $ 
2021 .............................................................................................................................................................      
2022 .............................................................................................................................................................      
2023 .............................................................................................................................................................      
2024 .............................................................................................................................................................      
Thereafter ....................................................................................................................................................      
Total ..............................................................................................................................................    $ 

28,321   
37,106   
54,677   
81,033   
1,009,158   
542,750   
1,753,045   

   Amount 

The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants as of December 31, 2019. 

F-27 

  
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
  
      
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
      
  
  
    
      
    
      
    
      
    
        
    
 
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
 
 
10.      INCOME TAXES 

The income tax provision (benefit) consisted of the following (in thousands): 

   Current  

     Deferred  

Total  

Year Ended December 31, 2019 
U.S. Federal .......................................................................................   $ 
State and local ...................................................................................     
Total ...............................................................................................   $ 

1,249     $ 
3,678       
4,927     $ 

43,270    $ 
7,036      
50,306    $ 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 
U.S. Federal .......................................................................................   $ 
State and local ...................................................................................     
Total ...............................................................................................   $ 

10,214     $ 
2,284       
12,498     $ 

32,176    $ 
2,550      
34,726    $ 

44,519  
10,714  
55,233  

42,390  
4,834  
47,224  

Year Ended December 31, 2017 
U.S. Federal .......................................................................................   $ 
State and local ...................................................................................     
Total ...............................................................................................   $ 

38,033     $ 
4,164       
42,197     $ 

(91,271)   $ 
4,046      
(87,225)   $ 

(53,238) 
8,210  
(45,028) 

The  income  tax  provision  (benefit)  is  different  than  the  amount  of  income  tax  calculated  by  applying  the  U.S.  Federal 
statutory rate of 21.0% for 2019 and 2018 and 35.0% for 2017 to income before income taxes as a result of the following 
items (in thousands): 

U.S. Federal taxes at statutory rate ....................................................   $ 
State and local taxes, net of U.S. Federal tax ....................................     
Benefit from remeasurement of deferred taxes due to U.S. Federal 

tax reform legislation .....................................................................     
Equity-based compensation ...............................................................     
Section 162(m) limitation ..................................................................     
Other items ........................................................................................     
Income tax provision (benefit) ..........................................................   $ 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

49,101    $ 
8,464      

-      
(5,296)     
656      
2,308      
55,233    $ 

44,517     $ 
3,816       

-       
(3,690 )     
113       
2,468       
47,224     $ 

66,550  
5,487  

(113,976) 
(3,089) 
-  
-  
(45,028) 

The net deferred income tax liability consisted of the following (in thousands): 

As of December 31, 

2019 

2018 

Other benefit obligations ................................................................................................    $ 
Equity-based compensation ............................................................................................      
Net operating losses .......................................................................................................      
Accrued bonus ................................................................................................................      
Reserves .........................................................................................................................      
Interest rate swap ............................................................................................................      
Other items .....................................................................................................................      
Deferred tax assets ......................................................................................................      
Property, plant and equipment ........................................................................................      
Goodwill and other intangible assets ..............................................................................      
Prepaid commissions ......................................................................................................      
Other items .....................................................................................................................      
Deferred tax liabilities ................................................................................................      
Net deferred income tax liability .........................................................................    $ 

1,890     $ 
4,563       
25,532       
2,313       
1,134       
22,101       
2,104       
59,637       
201,208       
159,074       
2,127       
542       
362,951       
303,314     $ 

1,940   
4,080   
1,983   
1,826   
365   
-   
1,204   
11,398   
119,851   
131,765   
1,909   
-   
253,525   
242,127   

The Company has no valuation allowances against any of its deferred tax assets. 

F-28 

  
  
  
    
  
       
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
There were $21.9 million of tax-effected U.S. Federal tax net operating losses available for carryforward at December 31, 
2019, of which $8.5 million were generated by NewWave and Clearwave prior to their acquisitions. Of this amount, $20.0 
million  can  be  carried  forward  indefinitely  and  $1.9  million  will  have  expiration  dates  through  2036.  The  use  of  pre-
acquisition  operating  losses  is  subject  to  limitations  imposed  by  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended.  The 
Company does not anticipate that these limitations will affect utilization of the carryforwards prior to their expiration. The 
Company had $3.6 million of tax-effected state tax net operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 2019, of which $0.2 
million can be carried forward indefinitely and $3.4 million will have expiration dates through 2039. 

The  Company  endeavors  to  comply  with  tax  laws  and  regulations  where  it  does  business,  but  cannot  guarantee  that,  if 
challenged, the Company’s interpretation of all relevant tax laws and regulations will prevail and that all tax benefits recorded 
in the consolidated financial statements will ultimately be recognized in full. The Company has taken reasonable efforts to 
address uncertain tax positions and has determined that there are no material transactions and no material tax positions taken 
by the Company that would fail to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold for recognizing transactions or tax positions in 
the consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the Company has not recorded a reserve for uncertain tax positions in 
the consolidated financial statements, and the Company does not expect any significant tax increase or decrease to occur 
within the next 12 months with respect to any transactions or tax positions taken and reflected in the consolidated financial 
statements.  In making  these determinations,  the  Company  presumes  that  taxing  authorities  pursuing  examinations of  the 
Company’s  compliance  with  tax  law  filing  requirements  will  have  full  knowledge  of  all  relevant  information,  and,  if 
necessary, the Company will pursue resolution of disputed tax positions by appeals or litigation. The Company recognizes 
penalties and interest, if applicable, associated with any uncertain tax positions within selling, general and administrative 
expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

11.  

INTEREST RATE SWAPS 

The Company is party to two interest rate swap agreements, designated as cash flow hedges, to manage the risk of fluctuations 
in interest expense on its variable rate LIBOR debt. Under the first swap agreement effective March 2019, with respect to a 
notional amount of $850.0 million, the Company’s monthly payment obligation is determined at a fixed base rate of 2.653%. 
Under the second swap agreement effective in June 2020, with respect to a notional amount of $350.0 million, the Company’s 
monthly  payment  obligation  will  be  determined  at  a  fixed  base  rate  of  2.739%.  Both  interest  rate  swap  agreements  are 
scheduled to mature in the first quarter of 2029 but may be terminated prior to their scheduled maturities at the election of 
the Company or the counterparties as provided in the swap agreements. As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s interest 
rate swap liabilities were recorded at their combined fair value of $89.7 million, with the current and noncurrent portions 
reflected in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other noncurrent liabilities, respectively, within the consolidated 
balance sheet. 

Changes in the fair values of the interest rate swaps are reported through other comprehensive income until the underlying 
hedged debt’s interest expense impacts net income, at which point the corresponding change in fair value is reclassified from 
accumulated other comprehensive income to interest expense. A loss of $89.7 million ($67.5 million net of tax) was recorded 
through other comprehensive income during 2019 and a loss of $3.1 million was reflected in interest expense. The Company 
currently expects that $11.0 million of the accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31, 2019 will be reclassified 
to interest expense within the next 12 months. 

The Company does not hold any derivative instruments for speculative trading purposes. 

12.  

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

Financial Assets and Liabilities. The Company has estimated the fair values of its financial instruments as of December 
31,  2019  using  available  market  information  or  other  appropriate  valuation  methodologies.  Considerable  judgment  is 
required in interpreting market data to develop the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the following fair value estimates 
are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company would realize in an actual market exchange. 

F-29 

   
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
The carrying amounts, fair values and related fair value hierarchy levels of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities as 
of December 31, 2019 were as follows (in thousands): 

Carrying 
Amount 

December 31, 2019 
Fair 
Value 

Fair Value  
Hierarchy 

Assets: 

Cash and cash equivalents: 

Money market investments ........................................................    $ 
Commercial paper ......................................................................    $ 

46,051     $ 
54,919     $ 

46,051   
54,824   

Level 1 
Level 2 

Liabilities: 

Long-term debt, including current portion, excluding debt 

issuance costs: 
Senior Credit Facilities ...............................................................    $ 

Other noncurrent liabilities, including current portion: 

1,753,045     $ 

1,751,241   

Level 2 

Interest rate swaps ......................................................................    $ 

89,657     $ 

89,657   

Level 2 

Money market investments are primarily held in U.S. Treasury securities and registered money market funds and are valued 
using  a market  approach based on  quoted market  prices (level 1).  Commercial  paper is  primarily held  with  high-quality 
companies and is valued using quoted market prices for investments similar to the commercial paper (level 2). Money market 
investments  and  commercial  paper  with  original  maturities  of  three  months  or  less  are  included  within  cash  and  cash 
equivalents in the consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of the Senior Credit Facilities is estimated based on market 
prices for similar instruments in active markets (level 2). Interest rate swaps are measured at fair value within the consolidated 
balance  sheets  on  a  recurring  basis,  with  fair  value  determined  using  standard  valuation  models  with  assumptions  about 
interest rates being based on those observed in underlying markets (level 2). 

The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, accounts payable and other financial assets and liabilities approximate fair 
value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. 

Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities. The Company’s nonfinancial assets, such as property, plant and equipment, intangible 
assets and goodwill, are not measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The assets acquired, including identifiable intangible 
assets and goodwill, and liabilities assumed in acquisitions are recorded at fair value on the respective acquisition dates, 
subject to potential future measurement period adjustments. Nonfinancial assets are subject to fair value adjustments when 
there is evidence that impairment may exist. No material impairments were recorded during any of the periods presented. 

13.  

TREASURY STOCK 

Treasury  stock  is  recorded  at  cost  and  is  presented  as  a  reduction  of  stockholders’  equity  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. Treasury shares of 172,522 held at December 31, 2019 include shares repurchased under the Company’s share 
repurchase program and shares withheld for withholding tax. 

Share Repurchase Program. On July 1, 2015, the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”) authorized up to $250.0 
million of share repurchases (subject to a total cap of 600,000 shares of common stock). Purchases under the share repurchase 
program may be made from time to time on the open market and in privately negotiated transactions. The size and timing of 
these  purchases  are  based  on  a  number  of  factors,  including  share  price  and  business  and  market  conditions.  Since  the 
inception of the share repurchase program through December 31, 2019, the Company has repurchased 210,631 shares of its 
common stock at an aggregate cost of $104.9 million. During the first quarter of 2019, the Company repurchased 5,984 
shares at an aggregate cost of $5.1 million. 

Tax Withholding for Equity Awards. At the employee’s option, shares of common stock are withheld by the Company 
upon  the  vesting  of  restricted  stock  and  exercise  of  stock  appreciation  rights  (“SARs”)  to  cover  the  applicable  statutory 
minimum  amount  of  employee  withholding  taxes,  which  the  Company  then  pays  to  the  taxing  authorities  in  cash.  The 
amounts remitted during 2019, 2018 and 2017 were $3.0 million, $7.2 million and $5.0 million, for which the Company 
withheld 3,521, 10,026 and 7,010 shares of common stock, respectively. 

F-30 

  
  
  
  
  
    
  
       
         
    
       
         
    
       
         
    
       
         
    
       
         
    
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
14.  

EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION 

On June 5, 2015, the Board adopted the Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Original 2015 
Plan”), which became effective on July 1, 2015. On May 2, 2017, the Company’s stockholders approved the Amended and 
Restated Cable One, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan (the “2015 Plan”), which automatically terminated, 
replaced and superseded the Original 2015 Plan, except that any outstanding awards granted under the Original 2015 Plan 
would remain in effect pursuant to their terms. The 2015 Plan is designed to promote the interests of the Company and its 
stockholders by providing the employees and directors of the Company with incentives and rewards to encourage them to 
continue in the service of the Company and with a proprietary interest in pursuing the long-term growth, profitability and 
financial success of the Company. Any of the directors, officers and employees of the Company and its affiliates are eligible 
to be granted one or more of the following types of awards under the 2015 Plan: (1) incentive stock options, (2) non-qualified 
stock  options,  (3)  restricted  stock  awards,  (4)  SARs,  (5)  restricted  stock  units  (“RSUs”),  (6)  cash-based  awards,  (7) 
performance-based  awards,  (8)  dividend  equivalents  and  (9)  other  stock-based  awards,  including,  without  limitation, 
performance stock units and deferred stock units. Unless the 2015 Plan is sooner terminated by the Board, no awards may 
be granted under the 2015 Plan after May 2, 2027. 

The 2015 Plan provides that, subject to certain adjustments for specified corporate events, the maximum number of shares 
of Company common stock that may be issued under the 2015 Plan is 334,870, which is equal to the number of remaining 
shares of Company common stock available for future issuance under the Original 2015 Plan as of May 2, 2017, regardless 
of whether such shares were subject to outstanding awards as of such date, and no more than 329,962 shares may be issued 
pursuant to incentive stock options. At December 31, 2019, 169,456 shares were available for issuance under the 2015 Plan. 

Total equity-based compensation expense of $12.3 million, $10.5 million and $10.7 million was recognized during 2019, 
2018  and  2017,  respectively,  and  was  included  within  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  in  the  consolidated 
statements of operations and comprehensive income. The Company recognized an income tax benefit of $5.3 million related 
to equity-based awards during 2019. The deferred tax asset related to all outstanding equity-based awards was $4.6 million 
as of December 31, 2019. 

Restricted Stock Awards. The Company has granted restricted shares of Company common stock subject to performance-
based and/or service-based vesting conditions to certain employees of the Company. Restricted share awards generally cliff-
vest  on  the  three-year  anniversary  of  the  grant  date  or  in  three  or  four  equal  ratable  installments  beginning  on  the  first 
anniversary  of  the  grant  date  (generally  subject  to  the  holder’s  continued  employment  with  the  Company  through  the 
applicable vesting date). Performance-based restricted shares are or were subject to performance metrics related primarily to 
three-year cumulative growth in Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures or year-over-year growth in Adjusted EBITDA 
and annual adjusted capital expenditures as a percentage of total revenues. Restricted shares are subject to the terms and 
conditions of the Original 2015 Plan or the 2015 Plan (in the case of awards made on or following May 2, 2017) and are 
otherwise subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement. 

The Company’s non-employee directors are entitled to an annual cash retainer of $75,000, plus an additional annual cash 
retainer for each committee chair or the lead independent director, and approximately $125,000 in RSUs. Such RSUs will 
generally be granted on the date of the Company’s annual stockholders’ meeting and will vest on the earlier of the first 
anniversary of the grant date or the annual stockholders’ meeting date immediately following the grant date, subject to the 
director’s  continued  service  through  such vesting date. Settlement  of  such  RSUs  will  be  in  the form  of one  share of  the 
Company’s common stock and will follow vesting, unless the director has previously elected to defer all or a portion of such 
settlement until his or her separation from service from the Board. Non-employee directors may elect to defer their annual 
retainer and receive RSUs in lieu of annual cash fees. Any dividends associated with RSUs granted prior to the 2017 annual 
grant of RSUs are converted into dividend equivalent units (“DEUs”), which will be delivered at the time of settlement of 
the associated RSUs. 

F-31 

  
  
   
  
  
  
 
 
Restricted shares, RSUs and DEUs are collectively referred to as “restricted stock.” A summary of restricted stock activity 
is as follows: 

Weighted 
Average 

     Grant Date 
     Fair Value 
     Per Share 

   Restricted 

Stock 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016 ...........................................................................      
Granted ...........................................................................................................................      
Granted due to performance achievement ......................................................................      
Forfeited .........................................................................................................................      
Vested and issued ...........................................................................................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017 ...........................................................................      
Granted ...........................................................................................................................      
Forfeited .........................................................................................................................      
Vested and issued ...........................................................................................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2018 ...........................................................................      
Granted ...........................................................................................................................      
Forfeited .........................................................................................................................      
Vested and issued ...........................................................................................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2019 ...........................................................................      

38,425    $ 
17,245    $ 
5,006    $ 
(6,223)   $ 
(3,163)   $ 
51,290    $ 
17,098    $ 
(2,455)   $ 
(25,057)   $ 
40,876    $ 
13,374    $ 
(4,111)   $ 
(11,266)   $ 
38,873    $ 

402.13   
633.34   
433.66   
469.23   
415.39   
472.89   
715.74   
636.64   
397.53   
610.88   
885.66   
710.87   
493.80   
728.77   

Vested and deferred as of December 31, 2019 ...............................................................      

5,678    $ 

527.85   

Equity-based compensation expense for restricted stock was $8.0 million, $6.8 million and $7.5 million for 2019, 2018 and 
2017,  respectively. At  December  31,  2019,  there  was  $10.9  million  of  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to 
restricted stock, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of one year. 

Stock Appreciation Rights. The Company has granted SARs to certain executives and other employees of the Company. 
The  SARs  are  scheduled  to  vest  in  four  equal  ratable  installments  beginning  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  grant  date 
(generally subject to the holder’s continued employment with the Company through the applicable vesting date). The SARs 
are subject to the terms and conditions of the Original 2015 Plan or the 2015 Plan (in the case of awards made on or following 
May 2, 2017) and will otherwise be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable award agreement. 

A summary of SAR activity is as follows: 

Stock  
Appreciation 
Rights 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date  
Fair 
Value 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 
(in years) 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value  
(in 

thousands)      
26,510       
-       
11,596       

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016 ......      
Granted ......................................................      
Exercised ...................................................      
Forfeited ....................................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2017 ......      
Granted ......................................................      
Exercised ...................................................      
Forfeited ....................................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2018 ......      
Granted ......................................................      
Exercised ...................................................      
Forfeited ....................................................      
Outstanding as of December 31, 2019 ......      

136,000    $ 
24,432    $ 
(41,603)   $ 
(16,371)   $ 
102,458    $ 
21,000    $ 
(27,060)   $ 
(5,793)   $ 
90,605    $ 
29,000    $ 
(26,092)   $ 
(3,103)   $ 
90,410    $ 

426.80     $ 
632.15     $ 
424.02     $ 
422.31     $ 
477.62     $ 
744.47     $ 
435.11     $ 
502.08     $ 
550.60     $ 
900.90     $ 
491.12     $ 
659.01     $ 
676.41     $ 

88.07     $ 
140.44     $ 
87.54     $ 
87.22       
100.91     $ 
181.21     $ 
90.06     $ 
108.22       
122.29     $ 
209.57     $ 
105.94     $ 
154.49       
153.90     $ 

23,173       
-       
9,418       

24,673       
-       
20,143       

73,419       

Exercisable as of December 31, 2019 .......      

35,393    $ 

489.11     $ 

104.63     $ 

35,370       

F-32 

8.7   
9.1   
-   

8.1   
8.7   
-   

7.2   
8.8   
-   

7.5   

6.1   

  
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
      
         
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
        
    
        
    
        
    
  
      
         
         
         
        
  
  
The  grant  date  fair  value  of  the  Company’s  SARs  is  measured  using  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  model.  The  weighted 
average inputs used in the model for grants awarded during 2019, 2018 and 2017 were as follows: 

Expected volatility ............................................................................      
Risk-free interest rate .......................................................................      
Expected term (in years) ...................................................................      
Expected dividend yield ...................................................................      

21.69%     
2.25%     
6.25  
0.92%     

22.22 %     
2.53 %     
6.25   
0.97 %     

20.83% 
2.13% 
6.25  
0.95% 

2019 

2018 

2017 

The Black-Scholes model used to estimate the grant date fair value of the Company’s SARs requires the input of highly 
subjective assumptions. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If 
factors change and different assumptions are used, the Company’s equity-based compensation expense could be materially 
different for future SAR grants. The assumptions for 2019 SAR grants were determined as follows: 

●  Fair Value of Common Stock — Valued by reference to the closing price of the Company’s publicly traded common 

stock on the date of grant. 

●  Expected Volatility — The Company estimated the expected future stock price volatility for its common stock by 
using its life-to-date historical volatility based on daily price observations since it became a publicly traded company 
on July 1, 2015. In prior years, expected volatility was calculated using a combination of historical Company stock 
prices and those of a peer group. 

●  Risk-Free Interest Rate — The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities 

with maturities similar to the expected term of the SARs being valued. 

●  Expected Term — The expected term represents the period that the Company’s SARs are expected to be outstanding. 
Prior  to  becoming  a  standalone  public  company  on  July  1,  2015,  the  Company  did  not  issue  stock-based  awards 
specific to Cable One and therefore does not yet have a sufficient history on which to base an estimate of the period 
that its SARs are expected to be outstanding. Accordingly, the expected term of the Company’s SARs is based on the 
“simplified method” which defines the expected term as the average of the contractual term and the weighted-average 
vesting period for all tranches. 

●  Expected Dividend Yield — The Company expects to continue to pay quarterly dividends in the future and, as such, 
the  expected  dividend  yield  was  calculated  as  the  Company’s  current  annual  dividend  divided  by  the  Company’s 
closing stock price on the grant date. 

Equity-based compensation expense for SARs was $4.3 million, $3.7 million and $3.3 million for 2019, 2018 and 2017, 
respectively. At December 31, 2019, there was $7.6 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to SARs, which 
is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.3 years. 

15.  

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE 

Basic net income per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares 
outstanding during the period. The denominator used in calculating diluted net income per common share further includes 
any common shares available to be issued upon vesting or exercise of outstanding equity-based awards if such inclusion 
would be dilutive, calculated using the treasury stock method. 

F-33 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
   
  
  
 
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per common share (dollars in thousands, 
except per share amounts): 

Year Ended December 31, 
2018 

2017 

2019 

Numerator: 
Net income .............................................................................................     $ 
Denominator: 
Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic .........................       
Effect of dilutive equity-based awards (1) ...............................................       
Weighted average common shares outstanding – diluted .......................       

178,582     $ 

164,760     $ 

235,171   

5,678,990       
58,866       
5,737,856       

5,684,375       
41,588       
5,725,963       

5,680,073   
66,964   
5,747,037   

Net Income per Common Share: 

Basic ...................................................................................................     $ 
Diluted ................................................................................................     $ 

31.45     $ 
31.12     $ 

28.98     $ 
28.77     $ 

41.40   
40.92   

(1)  Equity-based awards whose impact is considered to be anti-dilutive under the treasury stock method were excluded from the diluted net income per 
common  share  calculation.  The  excluded  number  of  anti-dilutive  equity-based  awards  totaled  409,  1,811  and  2,600  for  2019,  2018  and  2017, 
respectively. 

16.  

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

Contractual  Obligations.  The  Company  has  obligations  to  make  future  payments  for  goods  and  services  under  certain 
contractual arrangements. These contractual obligations secure the future rights to various goods and services to be used in 
the  normal  course  of  the  Company’s  operations.  In  accordance  with  applicable  accounting  rules,  the  future  rights  and 
obligations pertaining to firm commitments, such as certain purchase obligations under contracts, are not reflected as assets 
or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. 

The following  table  summarizes  the  Company’s outstanding contractual  obligations  as  of December 31, 2019 (including 
amounts  associated  with  data  processing  services,  high-speed  data  connectivity  and  fiber-related  obligations)  and  the 
estimated effect and timing that such obligations are expected to have on the Company’s liquidity and cash flows in future 
periods (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31,    
2020 .....................................    $ 
2021 .....................................      
2022 .....................................      
2023 .....................................      
2024 .....................................      
Thereafter ............................      
Total .............................    $ 

Programming 
Purchase 
Commitments(1)     

Lease 
Payments(2) 

Debt  
Payments(3) 

Other  
Purchase  
Obligations(4)      

187,427     $ 
106,055       
18,688       
10,699       
8,074       
3,398       
334,341     $ 

6,221     $ 
4,956       
3,878       
3,452       
2,027       
11,566       
32,100     $ 

28,321     $ 
37,106       
54,677       
81,033       
1,009,158       
542,750       
1,753,045     $ 

28,955     $ 
12,946       
4,253       
2,072       
828       
4,625       
53,679     $ 

Total 

250,924   
161,063   
81,496   
97,256   
1,020,087   
562,339   
2,173,165   

(1)  Programming  purchase  commitments  represent  contracts  that  the  Company  has  with  cable  television  networks  and  broadcast  stations  to  provide 
programming services to subscribers. The amounts reported represent estimates of the future programming costs for these purchase commitments 
based  on estimated  subscriber  numbers,  tier  placements  as  of  December  31,  2019  and  the  per-subscriber  rates  contained  in  the  contracts.  Actual 
amounts  due  under  such  contracts  may  differ  from  the  amounts  above  based  on  the  actual  subscriber  numbers  and  tier  placements  at  the  time. 
Programming purchases pursuant to non-binding commitments are not reflected in the amounts shown. 

(2)  Lease payments include payment obligations related to the Company’s outstanding finance and operating lease arrangements as of December 31, 

2019. 

(3)  Debt payments include principal repayment obligations for the Company’s outstanding debt instruments as of December 31, 2019. 
(4)  Other purchase obligations include purchase obligations related to capital projects and other legally binding commitments. Other purchase orders 
made in the ordinary course of business are excluded from the amounts shown but are included within accounts payable and accrued liabilities in the 
consolidated balance sheet. 

F-34 

  
  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
  
       
         
         
  
 
  
   
  
  
  
    
    
  
 
   
 
 
The  Company  incurs  the  following  costs  as  part of  its  operations, however,  they  are not  included within  the  contractual 
obligations table above for the reasons discussed below: 

●  The  Company  rents  space  on  utility  poles  in  order  to  provide  services  to  subscribers.  Generally,  pole  rentals  are 
cancellable on short notice. However, the Company anticipates that such rentals will recur. Rent expense for pole 
attachments was $9.5 million, $8.9 million and $7.8 million for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

●  Fees imposed on the Company by various governmental authorities, including franchise fees, are passed through on a 
monthly basis to the Company’s customers and are periodically remitted to authorities. These fees were $22.7 million, 
$16.1 million and $15.7 million for 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As the Company acts as principal in these 
arrangements,  these  fees  are  reported  in  video  and  voice  revenues  on  a  gross  basis  with  corresponding  expenses 
included within operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. 

●  The Company has franchise agreements requiring plant construction and the provision of services to customers within 
the franchise areas. In connection with these obligations under existing franchise agreements, the Company obtains 
surety  bonds  or  letters  of  credit  guaranteeing  performance  to  municipalities  and  public  utilities  and  payment  of 
insurance premiums. Such surety bonds and letters of credit totaled $18.3 million and $13.3 million as of December 
31,  2019  and  2018,  respectively.  Payments  under  these  arrangements  are  required  only  in  the  remote  event  of 
nonperformance. The Company does not expect that these contingent commitments will result in any amounts being 
paid. 

Litigation  and  Legal  Matters. The  Company  is  subject  to  complaints  and  administrative  proceedings  and  has  been  a 
defendant  in  various  civil  lawsuits  that  have  arisen  in  the  ordinary  course  of  its  business.  Such  matters  include  contract 
disputes;  actions  alleging  negligence;  invasion  of  privacy;  trademark,  copyright  and  patent  infringement;  violations  of 
applicable wage and hour laws; statutory or common law claims involving current and former employees; and other matters. 
Although the outcomes of any legal claims and proceedings against the Company cannot be predicted with certainty, based 
on currently available information, the Company believes that there are no existing claims or proceedings that are likely to 
have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

Regulation  in  the  Company’s  Industry.  The  Company’s  operations  are  extensively  regulated  by  the  Federal 
Communications Commission (the “FCC”), some state governments and most local governments. The FCC has the authority 
to  enforce  its  regulations  through  the  imposition  of  substantial  fines,  the  issuance  of  cease  and  desist  orders  and/or  the 
imposition of other administrative sanctions, such as the revocation of FCC licenses needed to operate certain transmission 
facilities  used  in  connection  with  cable  operations.  Future  legislative  and  regulatory  changes  could  adversely  affect  the 
Company’s operations. 

17.  

SUMMARY OF QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS (UNAUDITED) 

(Unaudited) 
Year Ended December 31, 2019 

Fourth 
Quarter (3)    
(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Revenues .....................................................................................    $  278,605     $  285,650     $  284,991     $  318,751   
Total costs and expenses .............................................................    $  210,908     $  211,536     $  204,858     $  230,244   
88,507   
Income from operations ...............................................................    $ 
53,613   
Net income ..................................................................................    $ 

Second  
Quarter (2)      

First  
Quarter (1)      

67,697     $ 
38,739     $ 

74,114     $ 
36,395     $ 

80,133     $ 
49,835     $ 

Quarter (2)      

Third 

Net Income per Common Share: 

Basic ........................................................................................    $ 
Diluted .....................................................................................    $ 

6.83     $ 
6.78     $ 

6.41     $ 
6.35     $ 

8.77     $ 
8.68     $ 

9.43   
9.32   

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding: 

Basic ........................................................................................       5,674,120        5,673,669        5,682,167        5,685,840   
Diluted .....................................................................................       5,716,585        5,730,238        5,741,666        5,751,970   

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 

Includes Clearwave operations beginning January 8, 2019. 
Includes Clearwave operations. 
Includes Clearwave and Fidelity operations. 

F-35 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
       
         
         
         
  
       
         
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
         
  
       
         
         
         
  
 
  
(Unaudited) 
Year Ended December 31, 2018 

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Revenues .....................................................................................    $  265,761     $  268,414     $  268,268     $  269,852   
Total costs and expenses .............................................................    $  201,100     $  197,746     $  204,949     $  200,588   
69,264   
Income from operations ...............................................................    $ 
42,008   
Net income ..................................................................................    $ 

64,661     $ 
40,653     $ 

70,668     $ 
43,785     $ 

63,319     $ 
38,314     $ 

First  
Quarter 

Second  
Quarter 

Third 
Quarter 

Fourth 
Quarter 

Net Income per Common Share: 

Basic ........................................................................................    $ 
Diluted .....................................................................................    $ 

7.13     $ 
7.08     $ 

7.70     $ 
7.65     $ 

6.75     $ 
6.70     $ 

7.40   
7.34   

Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding: 

Basic ........................................................................................       5,702,539        5,687,095        5,674,224        5,674,067   
Diluted .....................................................................................       5,742,648        5,722,869        5,717,575        5,723,528   

F-36 

  
  
  
  
    
    
    
  
  
       
         
         
         
  
       
         
         
         
  
  
       
         
         
         
  
       
         
         
         
  
  
  
Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

Cable One, Inc. (the “Company”) uses certain measures that are not defined by generally accepted accounting principles in the United 
States (“GAAP”) to evaluate various aspects of its business. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are non-GAAP financial 
measures and should be considered in addition to, not as superior to, or as a substitute for, net income or net profit margin reported in 
accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA is reconciled to net income and Adjusted EBITDA margin is reconciled to net profit margin 
below. 

“Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as net income plus interest expense, income tax provision, depreciation and amortization, equity-based 
compensation, severance expense, loss on deferred compensation, acquisition-related costs, loss on asset disposals, system conversion 
costs,  rebranding  costs,  other  (income)  expense  and  other  unusual  operating  expenses,  as  provided  in  the  table  below.  As  such,  it 
eliminates the significant non-cash depreciation and amortization expense that results from the capital-intensive nature of the Company’s 
business as well as other non-cash or special items and is unaffected by the Company’s capital structure or investment activities. This 
measure is limited in that it does not reflect the periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating 
revenues and the Company’s cash cost of debt financing. These costs are evaluated through other financial measures. 

“Adjusted EBITDA margin” is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenues. 

The  Company  uses  Adjusted  EBITDA  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  margin  to  assess  its  performance.  In  addition,  Adjusted  EBITDA 
generally correlates to the measure used in the leverage ratio calculations under the Company’s credit facilities to determine compliance 
with the covenants contained in the Company’s credit agreement. Adjusted EBITDA is also a significant performance measure used by 
the Company in its annual incentive compensation program. Adjusted EBITDA does not take into account cash used for mandatory debt 
service requirements or other non-discretionary expenditures, and thus does not represent residual funds available for discretionary uses. 

The Company believes Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are useful to investors in evaluating the operating performance 
of the Company. Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin and similar measures with similar titles are common measures used by 
investors,  analysts  and  peers  to  compare  performance  in  the  Company’s  industry,  although  the  Company’s  measures  of  Adjusted 
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin may not be directly comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. 

Year Ended December 31, 

(dollars in thousands) 
Revenues ...........................................................................   $ 

2019 

1,167,997 

  $ 

2018 
1,072,295     

  % Change 

Net income ........................................................................   $ 
Net profit margin ...............................................................  

178,582  
15.3% 

  $ 

164,760     
15.4% 

Plus: 

Interest expense ..................................................  
 Income tax provision ..........................................  
 Depreciation and amortization ............................  
 Equity-based compensation ................................  
 Severance expense ..............................................  
 Loss on deferred compensation ..........................  
 Acquisition-related costs.....................................  
 Loss on asset disposals, net .................................  
 System conversion costs .....................................  
 Rebranding costs .................................................  
 Other (income) expense, net ...............................  

71,729  
55,233 
216,687 
12,300  
215  
400 
9,590  
7,187 
4,828 
7,294  
4,907 

60,415  
47,224  
197,731  
10,486  
2,347  
425  
1,773  
14,167  
5,037  
968 
(4,487) 

Adjusted EBITDA .............................................................   $ 
Adjusted EBITDA margin .................................................  
________ 
NM = Not meaningful. 

568,952 
48.7% 

  $ 

500,846     
46.7% 

A-1 

8.9% 

8.4% 

18.7% 
17.0% 
9.6% 
17.3% 
(90.8)% 
(5.9)% 
NM 
(49.3)% 
(4.1)% 
NM 
(209.4)% 

13.6% 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This page intentionally left blank

Julia M. LaulisChair of the Board, President,  & Chief Executive OfficerMichael E. BowkerChief Operating OfficerSteven S. CochranSenior Vice President,  Chief Financial OfficerKenneth E. JohnsonSenior Vice President,  Technology ServicesEric M. LardySenior Vice PresidentCharles B. McDonaldSenior Vice President,  OperationsJames A. ObermeyerSenior Vice President,  Marketing & SalesPeter N. WittySenior Vice President,  General Counsel, & SecretaryJuli A. BlandaVice President,  West DivisionChristopher D. BooneVice President,  Business ServicesLeann E. DittmanVice President,  Customer OperationsTina M. EvangelistaVice President,  Human ResourcesJarrod L. HeadVice President,  Engineering & ConstructionGary A. McDonaldVice President,  Northeast DivisionWilliam R. RobertsonVice President,  South Central DivisionRaymond L. Storck, Jr.Vice President,  Finance & TreasurerJohn M. WalburnVice President,  Midwest DivisionANNUAL MEETING  The annual meeting of  stockholders will be held on  May 15, 2020 at 8 a.m. MST Webcast ir.cableone.net or  https://services.choruscall.com/links/cabo200515.html  Cable One Corporate Office210 E. Earll Drive  Phoenix, AZ 85012Stock ExchangeCable One common stock is traded  on the New York Stock Exchange  under the symbol CABOSTOCK TRANSFER AGENT  AND REGISTRARGeneral Stockholder CorrespondenceComputershare PO Box 505000 Louisville, KY 40233-5000 Transfers By Overnight CourierComputershare 462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600 Louisville, KY 40202Stockholder InquiriesCommunication concerning transfer requirements,  lost certificates, dividends, and changes of address should  be directed to Computershare Investor Services: Telephone: (800) 446-2617 | (781) 575-2723    TDD: (800) 952-9245Questions also may be sent via the website:  www.computershare.com/us/investor-inquiriesJulia M. LaulisChair of the Board, President,  & Chief Executive OfficerBrad D. BrianDirectorThomas S. GaynerLead Independent Director;  Chair, Executive Committee  and Nominating & Governance CommitteeDeborah J. KissireChair, Audit CommitteeMary E. MeduskiDirectorThomas O. MightDirectorKristine E. MillerDirectorAlan G. SpoonDirectorWallace R. WeitzChair, Compensation CommitteeKatharine B. WeymouthDirectorDear Valued Cable One Shareholders,July 1 will mark our fifth anniversary as a stand-alone public company. This milestone seems a fitting time to reflect not just on 2019, but on both the intense period of transformation and growth Cable One has experienced over the past half-decade as well as the current dislocation of everyday life resulting from the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic. There are too many accomplishments from the last five years to list here, but highlights include closing three significant acquisitions;  rebranding Cable One as Sparklight® for the vast majority of our  customers; expanding our footprint to 21 states; and growing our  ranks to more than 2,700 dedicated associates who are committed  to doing right by those we serve. No matter our size or the changes we’ve experienced, our purpose remains the same and it is still what inspires us every day — providing communities the connectivity that enriches their world. Purpose-Driven and ProfitableWe continue to invest in and transform our business with the intent of being the preferred provider in the communities we serve. More  critically, we are actively working to level the playing field for rural markets where access to affordable, high-speed internet is just as vital as in more urban markets — while the need is often much greater.   As an example, in 2016 we launched gigabit speeds across our then-existing  footprint. In 2019, we deployed one gigabit  per second (“Gbps” or “Gig”) service in more  than 200 communities in our NewWave markets, and we now offer Gig download  speeds to more than 97% of our homes  passed.  We also began rolling out DOCSIS 3.1 modems in 2019, which will pave the  way for up to 10 Gbps speeds for our residential customers. These  investments have allowed, and will continue to allow, us to strengthen our capability to grow and compete into the foreseeable future.Our effective and efficient deployment of capital across the business also facilitated the delivery of the sustainable, profitable growth you  expect from us — as our year-end financials demonstrated. Our ability to deliver these results in a rapidly changing industry and an increasingly  disruptive and dynamic environment testifies to the efficacy of our long-term strategy.2019 Highlights  I’m exceptionally proud of our performance in 2019. With our recent  rebrand as Sparklight, our customer experience is the best it’s ever been; our infrastructure investments have paid off with high-speed data offerings for our business services customers of up to 10 Gbps as well as the residential Gig service noted above; and our sharpened focus on continuous improvement has led to increasing margins.  We had many triumphs throughout the year, including:   ƒClosing our acquisition of Clearwave Communications in January 2019, which expanded our fiber footprint and enterprise business segment. ƒCompleting our purchase of the data, video, and voice business of Fidelity Communications Co., a residential and business services provider with customers throughout Arkansas, Illinois, Louisiana,  Missouri, Oklahoma, and Texas.  ƒInstalling nearly 1,000 miles of fiber across our footprint.The Year Ahead As we go to print during these unprecedented times, Cable One  recognizes the critical role we play in keeping our customers connected to what matters most, including family, work, school, and information. We’ve invested heavily in building a robust and reliable network  that we believe can handle the increased bandwidth needed by our communities — especially in times of crisis. Our networks are  engineered with significant reserve capacity to handle spikes and shifts in usage patterns, and we continuously test, monitor, and enhance  our systems and network so we are prepared to support increased  customer usage. Ensuring the health and safety of our associates  remains our highest priority as they work tirelessly to serve our  customers during the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic. I am humbled by the opportunity to work side-by-side with our amazing associates during this challenging time, and I know that together, we will not only get through this but come out stronger. Although I recognize there is plenty of uncertainty caused by current events, in 2020 we will remain focused on the work of differentiating  ourselves in an increasingly crowded marketplace and expanding  our investments accordingly to broaden our operations and drive  long-term shareholder  value. The Cable One  Values — do right by those we serve, drive progress, and lend a hand — were  established to guide the  way we do business.  I firmly believe that by staying true to our values, we will consistently deliver results  that benefit our shareholders, while at the same time meeting and  exceeding the needs of our customers.On behalf of Cable One’s leadership team and our Board of Directors,  thank you for your continued support. It is our shared privilege to  work for a company making a positive difference in the lives of so many people every day.Best,     Julia M. Laulis, Chair of the Board, President, & Chief Executive OfficerBOARD OF DIRECTORSLETTER FROM THE PRESIDENT & CEOEXECUTIVE TEAM2019 RESULTS1$1.2 billionTOTAL REVENUE$569.0 millionADJ. EBITDA48.7%ADJ. EBITDA MARGINCABLE ONE VALUESDo right by those we serve. Drive progress. Lend a hand. 1 Please refer to the section entitled “Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures” appearing on page A-1 immediately after our Annual Report on Form 10-K.This document contains “forward-looking statements” that involve risks and uncertainties. These statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts,  but rather are based on current expectations, estimates, assumptions, and projections about our industry, business, financial results, and financial condition. Please refer to the section entitled  “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” appearing on page 2 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information.210 E. Earll Drive Phoenix, Arizona 85012(602) 364-6000 cableone.biz2019 Annual ReportWe provide communities the connectivity that enriches their world.Do right by those we serveDrive progressLend a hand